ENGINE

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

SECTION EC EC

E
CONTENTS
VQ25DE, VQ35DE IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING ................................16 F
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Description .........16
BASIC INSPECTION .................................... 7 IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair
Requirement ............................................................16 G
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW .......... 7
Work Flow ................................................................. 7 MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
Diagnostic Work Sheet ............................................ 10 CLEAR .......................................................................18
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE H
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT ....................11 CLEAR : Description ................................................18
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
BASIC INSPECTION ................................................. 11
CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement .....................18 I
BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Require-
ment ........................................................................ 11 FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS .............................. 19
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM .......................... 19 J
CONTROL UNIT ........................................................ 14
System Diagram .....................................................19
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
System Description ..................................................20
CONTROL UNIT : Description ................................ 14
Component Parts Location ....................................20 K
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
Component Description ...........................................25
CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement .... 14
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM ....... 27
IDLE SPEED .............................................................. 14 L
System Diagram .....................................................27
IDLE SPEED : Description ...................................... 14
System Description ..................................................27
IDLE SPEED : Special Repair Requirement ........... 14
Component Parts Location ....................................31
IGNITION TIMING ...................................................... 15 Component Description ...........................................36 M
IGNITION TIMING : Description .............................. 15
IGNITION TIMING : Special Repair Requirement.... 15
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM ........................ 37
System Diagram .....................................................37
System Description ..................................................37 N
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION
LEARNING ................................................................ 15 Component Parts Location ....................................38
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION Component Description ...........................................43
LEARNING : Description ......................................... 15 O
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL .............. 44
LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement .............. 15 System Diagram ......................................................44
System Description ..................................................44
P
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARN- Component Parts Location ....................................45
ING ............................................................................. 16 Component Description ...........................................50
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION
LEARNING : Description ......................................... 16 AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION (ASCD) .............................................................. 51
LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement .............. 16 System Diagram ......................................................51
System Description ..................................................51

EC-1
 Component Parts Location ................................... 53 Component Inspection .......................................... 138
Component Description ......................................... 58
P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1
CAN COMMUNICATION ................................... 59 HEATER ........................................................... 140
System Description ................................................. 59 Description ............................................................ 140
DTC Logic ............................................................. 140
COOLING FAN CONTROL ............................... 60 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 140
System Diagram ..................................................... 60 Component Inspection .......................................... 142
System Description ................................................. 60
Component Parts Location ................................... 62 P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEAT-
Component Description .......................................... 67 ER ..................................................................... 143
Description ............................................................ 143
ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE DTC Logic ............................................................. 143
MOUNT .............................................................. 68 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 144
System Diagram ..................................................... 68 Component Inspection .......................................... 145
System Description ................................................. 69
Component Parts Location ................................... 70 P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID
Component Description ......................................... 75 VALVE .............................................................. 146
Description ............................................................ 146
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ............... 76 DTC Logic ............................................................. 146
System Diagram ..................................................... 76 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 146
System Description ................................................. 76 Component Inspection .......................................... 147
Component Parts Location ................................... 80
Component Description ......................................... 85 P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR .......................... 149
Description ............................................................ 149
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL ................. 86 DTC Logic ............................................................. 149
System Diagram ..................................................... 86 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 150
System Description ................................................. 86 Component Inspection .......................................... 151
Component Parts Location ................................... 87
Component Description .......................................... 92 P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ............................ 154
Description ............................................................ 154
VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR SYSTEM ............. 93 DTC Logic ............................................................. 154
System Diagram ..................................................... 93 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 155
System Description ................................................. 93 Component Inspection .......................................... 155
Component Parts Location ................................... 96
Component Description ........................................101 P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR ........................... 157
Description ............................................................ 157
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ... 102 DTC Logic ............................................................. 157
Diagnosis Description ............................................102
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 158
CONSULT-III Function ..........................................113
Component Inspection .......................................... 158
Diagnosis Tool Function ......................................122
P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR .............................. 160
COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 124 Description ............................................................ 160
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION DTC Logic ............................................................. 160
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 160
VALUE ............................................................. 124
Component Inspection .......................................... 162
Description .............................................................124
Special Repair Requirement ................................. 162
Component Function Check ..................................124
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................125 P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1 ......................... 163
Description ............................................................ 163
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ... 132
DTC Logic ............................................................. 163
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................132
Component Function Check ................................. 165
U1000, U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ............. 135 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 165
Description .............................................................135
P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1 ......................... 167
DTC Logic ..............................................................135
Description ............................................................ 167
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................135
DTC Logic ............................................................. 167
P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL ......................... 136 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 168
DTC Logic ..............................................................136
P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1 ......................... 170
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................137
Description ............................................................ 170

EC-2
 DTC Logic ............................................................. 170 Component Inspection ........................................... 221
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 171 A
P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) ......... 222
P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1 ......................... 173 Description ............................................................. 222
Description ............................................................ 173 DTC Logic .............................................................. 222
DTC Logic ............................................................. 173 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 223 EC
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 175 Component Inspection ........................................... 224

P0137, P0157 HO2S2 ...................................... 178 P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST C
Description ............................................................ 178 FUNCTION ...................................................... 226
DTC Logic ............................................................. 178 DTC Logic .............................................................. 226
Component Function Check .................................. 179 Component Function Check .................................. 227 D
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 180 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 228
Component Inspection .......................................... 182
P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME
P0138, P0158 HO2S2 ...................................... 184 CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ...................... 231 E
Description ............................................................ 184 Description ............................................................. 231
DTC Logic ............................................................. 184 DTC Logic .............................................................. 231
Component Function Check .................................. 186 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 231 F
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 187 Component Inspection ........................................... 232
Component Inspection .......................................... 190
P0500 VSS ...................................................... 234
P0139, P0159 HO2S2 ...................................... 192 Description ............................................................. 234 G
Description ............................................................ 192 DTC Logic .............................................................. 234
DTC Logic ............................................................. 192 Component Function Check .................................. 235
Component Function Check .................................. 193 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 235 H
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 194
Component Inspection .......................................... 195 P0550 PSP SENSOR ...................................... 236
Description ............................................................. 236
P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM DTC Logic .............................................................. 236 I
FUNCTION ....................................................... 198 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 236
DTC Logic ............................................................. 198 Component Inspection ........................................... 237
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 199 J
P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY ....................... 238
P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM Description ............................................................. 238
FUNCTION ....................................................... 202 DTC Logic .............................................................. 238
K
DTC Logic ............................................................. 202 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 238
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 203
P0605 ECM ..................................................... 240
P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR ............................. 206 Description ............................................................. 240 L
Description ............................................................ 206 DTC Logic .............................................................. 240
DTC Logic ............................................................. 206 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 241
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 206 M
Component Inspection .......................................... 207 P0607 ECM ..................................................... 242
Special Repair Requirement ................................. 208 Description ............................................................. 242
DTC Logic .............................................................. 242
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 242 N
P0306 MISFIRE ................................................ 209
DTC Logic ............................................................. 209 P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ................ 243
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 210 DTC Logic .............................................................. 243
O
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 243
P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS .................... 215
Description ............................................................ 215 P0850 PNP SWITCH ....................................... 245
DTC Logic ............................................................. 215 Description ............................................................. 245 P
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 215 DTC Logic .............................................................. 245
Component Inspection .......................................... 216 Component Function Check .................................. 246
Diagnosis Procedure (VQ35DE engine) ................ 246
P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) ............................ 218 Diagnosis Procedure (VQ25DE engine) ................ 247
Description ............................................................ 218
DTC Logic ............................................................. 218 P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE ............. 249
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 219 Description ............................................................. 249

EC-3
 DTC Logic ..............................................................249 DTC Logic ............................................................. 278
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................249 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 278

P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ......... 250 P1700 CVT CONTROL SYSTEM ..................... 280
DTC Logic ..............................................................250 Description ............................................................ 280
Component Function Check ..................................250
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................251 P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (PRIMARY
SPEED SENSOR) ............................................. 281
P1225 TP SENSOR ......................................... 254 Description ............................................................ 281
Description .............................................................254 DTC Logic ............................................................. 281
DTC Logic ..............................................................254 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 281
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................254
Special Repair Requirement ..................................255 P1720 VSS ........................................................ 283
Description ............................................................ 283
P1226 TP SENSOR ......................................... 256 DTC Logic ............................................................. 283
Description .............................................................256 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 283
DTC Logic ..............................................................256
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................256 P1800 VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1.. 285
Special Repair Requirement ..................................257 Description ............................................................ 285
DTC Logic ............................................................. 285
P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR .......... 258 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 285
Description .............................................................258 Component Inspection .......................................... 286
DTC Logic ..............................................................258
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................258 P1801 VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 2.. 288
Component Inspection ...........................................259 Description ............................................................ 288
DTC Logic ............................................................. 288
P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SEN- Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 288
SOR .................................................................. 261 Component Inspection .......................................... 289
Description .............................................................261
DTC Logic ..............................................................261 P1805 BRAKE SWITCH ................................... 291
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................261 Description ............................................................ 291
Component Inspection ...........................................262 DTC Logic ............................................................. 291
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 291
P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR .......... 264 Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) .......... 292
Description .............................................................264
DTC Logic ..............................................................264 P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MO-
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................264 TOR RELAY ..................................................... 294
Component Inspection ...........................................265 Description ............................................................ 294
DTC Logic ............................................................. 294
P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR .......... 267 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 294
Description .............................................................267
DTC Logic ..............................................................267 P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
Component Function Check ..................................267 FUNCTION ........................................................ 296
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................268 Description ............................................................ 296
Component Inspection ...........................................269 DTC Logic ............................................................. 296
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 296
P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH ................. 270 Component Inspection .......................................... 298
Description .............................................................270 Special Repair Requirement ................................. 299
DTC Logic ..............................................................270
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................270 P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR .......... 300
Component Inspection ...........................................272 Description ............................................................ 300
DTC Logic ............................................................. 300
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH ....................... 273 Component Inspection .......................................... 300
Description .............................................................273 Special Repair Requirement ................................. 300
DTC Logic ..............................................................273
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................274 P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch) .......277 ACTUATOR ...................................................... 302
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) ..........277 Description ............................................................ 302
DTC Logic ............................................................. 302
P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR ...... 278 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 303
Description .............................................................278 Special Repair Requirement ................................. 303

EC-4
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR ........................... 304 Component Inspection ........................................... 332
Description ............................................................ 304 A
DTC Logic ............................................................. 304 FUEL INJECTOR ............................................ 334
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 304 Description ............................................................. 334
Component Inspection .......................................... 306 Component Function Check .................................. 334
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 334 EC
Special Repair Requirement ................................. 306
Component Inspection ........................................... 336
P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR ........................... 307
Description ............................................................ 307 FUEL PUMP .................................................... 337 C
DTC Logic ............................................................. 307 Description ............................................................. 337
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 307 Component Function Check .................................. 337
Component Inspection .......................................... 309 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 337
D
Special Repair Requirement ................................. 310 Component Inspection (Fuel Pump) ...................... 340
Component Inspection (Condenser) ...................... 340
P2135 TP SENSOR .......................................... 311
Description ............................................................ 311 IGNITION SIGNAL .......................................... 341 E
DTC Logic ............................................................. 311 Description ............................................................. 341
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 311 Component Function Check .................................. 341
Component Inspection .......................................... 313 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 341 F
Special Repair Requirement ................................. 313 Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power
Transistor) ............................................................. 344
P2138 APP SENSOR ....................................... 314 Component Inspection (Condenser) ...................... 345
Description ............................................................ 314 G
DTC Logic ............................................................. 314 MALFUNCTION INDICATOR ......................... 346
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 314 Description ............................................................. 346
Component Inspection .......................................... 316 Component Function Check .................................. 346 H
Special Repair Requirement ................................. 317 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 346

P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1 ........................ 318 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ....... 347
Description ............................................................. 347 I
Description ............................................................ 318
DTC Logic ............................................................. 318 Component Inspection ........................................... 347
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 319 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR .......... 348 J
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH ................................... 321 Description ............................................................. 348
Description ............................................................ 321 Component Function Check .................................. 348
Component Function Check .................................. 321 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 348
K
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 321 VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR SYSTEM .......... 351
Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch) ....... 322
Description ............................................................. 351
ASCD INDICATOR ........................................... 323 Component Function Check (VQ35DE engine) ..... 351 L
Description ............................................................ 323 Component Function Check (VQ25DE engine) ..... 353
Component Function Check .................................. 323 Diagnosis Procedure (VQ35DE engine) ................ 353
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 323 Diagnosis Procedure (VQ25DE engine) ................ 355
M
COOLING FAN ................................................. 324 ECU DIAGNOSIS ....................................... 357
Description ............................................................ 324
ECM ................................................................. 357 N
Component Function Check .................................. 324
Reference Value .................................................... 357
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 324
Wiring Diagram—ENGINE CONTROL SYS-
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor) ......... 327
TEM— ................................................................... 371
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay) ......... 328 O
Fail safe ................................................................. 386
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL ......................... 329 DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................. 388
Description ............................................................ 329 DTC Index ............................................................. 389
Component Function Check .................................. 329 How to Set SRT Code ........................................ 392 P
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 329 Test Value and Test Limit ................................... 394

ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 400

MOUNT ............................................................. 331
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS ... 400
Description ............................................................ 331
Symptom Table ..................................................... 400
Component Function Check .................................. 331
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 331 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............. 404
EC-5
 Description .............................................................404 ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE ................. 411
PRECAUTION ............................................ 405 FUEL PRESSURE ............................................ 411
Inspection .............................................................. 411
PRECAUTIONS ............................................... 405
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System ON-VEHICLE REPAIR .............................. 413
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
SIONER" ................................................................405 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM .............. 413
Precautions For Xenon Headlamp Service ...........405 Inspection .............................................................. 413
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover..405
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
and CVT ................................................................405 (SDS) ......................................................... 414
General Precautions ..............................................406
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
PREPARATION .......................................... 410 (SDS) ................................................................ 414
Idle Speed ............................................................. 414
PREPARATION ............................................... 410 Ignition Timing ....................................................... 414
Special Service Tools ............................................410 Calculated Load Value .......................................... 414
Commercial Service Tools .....................................410 Mass Air Flow Sensor ........................................... 414

EC-6
 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

BASIC INSPECTION A
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000003856442
EC

OVERALL SEQUENCE
C

JMBIA1416GB

DETAILED FLOW

EC-7
 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM

Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when
the incident/malfunction occurred) using the “Diagnostic Work Sheet”. (Refer to EC-10, "Diagnostic Work
Sheet".)

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC
1. Check DTC.
2. Perform the following procedure if DTC is displayed.
- Record DTC and freeze frame data. (Print them out with CONSULT-III or GST.)
- Erase DTC. (Refer to EC-102, "Diagnosis Description".)
- Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer.
(Symptom Table is useful. Refer to EC-400, "Symptom Table".)
3. Check related service bulletins for information.
Are any symptoms described and any DTCs detected?
Symptom is described, DTC is displayed>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC is not displayed>>GO TO 4.
Symptom is not described, DTC is displayed>>GO TO 5.
3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MI ON).
Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom. Refer to EC-404, "Description" and EC-
386, "Fail safe".
Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.

>> GO TO 5.
4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom. Refer to EC-404, "Description" and EC-
386, "Fail safe".
Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.

>> GO TO 6.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the displayed DTC, and then check that DTC is detected
again.
If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to EC-388, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble
diagnosis order.
NOTE:
• Freeze frame data is useful if the DTC is not detected.
• Perform Component Function Check if DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is not included on Service
Manual. This simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during
this check.
If the result of Component Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC by DTC CONFIR-
MATION PROCEDURE.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Check according to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".
6.PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION
Perform EC-11, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement".
Will CONSULT-III be used?

EC-8
 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 9. A
7.PERFORM “SPEC” OF “DATA MONITOR” MODE
With CONSULT-III EC
Check that “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “A/F ALPHA-B2” are within the SP
value using CONSULT-III in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode. Refer to EC-124, "Component Function
Check".
Are they within the SP value? C
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 8.
D
8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-125, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is a malfunctioning part detected? E
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM TABLE F

Detect malfunctioning system according to EC-400, "Symptom Table" based on the confirmed symptom in
step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptoms.
G

>> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE H
Inspect according to Diagnostic Procedure of the system.
NOTE:
The Diagnostic Procedure in EC section described based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspection I
is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnostic Procedure. For details, refer to “Circuit Inspection” in GI-
37, "Circuit Inspection".
Is a malfunctioning part detected? J
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check voltage of related ECM terminals using CON-
SULT-III. Refer to EC-357, "Reference Value". K
11.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
2. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnostic Procedure again after repair and replace- L
ment.
3. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it, refer to EC-102, "Diagnosis Description".
M
>> GO TO 12.
12.FINAL CHECK
N
When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check again,
and then check that the malfunction have been completely repaired.
When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and check that
the symptom is not detected. O
Is DTC detected and does symptom remain?
YES-1 >> DTC is detected: GO TO 10.
YES-2 >> Symptom remains: GO TO 6. P
NO >> Before returning the vehicle to the customer, always erase unnecessary DTC in ECM and TCM
(Transmission Control Module). (Refer to EC-102, "Diagnosis Description".) If the completion of
SRT is needed, drive vehicle under the specific DRIVING PATTERN in EC-392,
"How to Set SRT Code".

EC-9
 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Diagnostic Work Sheet INFOID:0000000003856443

DESCRIPTION
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
bleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about an incident. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the WORKSHEET SAMPLE
below in order to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MI to come on steady or blink, and
DTC to be detected. Examples:
• Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire.
SEF907L
• Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel to
evaporate into the atmosphere.
WORKSHEET SAMPLE

MTBL0017

EC-10
 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
A
BASIC INSPECTION
BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000003856444
EC
1.INSPECTION START
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance. C
2. Open engine hood and check the following:
- Harness connectors for improper connections
- Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut D
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
- Hoses and ducts for leaks
- Air cleaner clogging E
- Gasket
3. Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.
- Head lamp switch is OFF.
- Air conditioner switch is OFF. F
- Rear window defogger switch is OFF.
SEF983U
- Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
G
4. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature
indicator points the middle of gauge.
Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm. H

J
SEF976U

5. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no K

load.
6. Check that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-III or GST.
Are any DTCs detected? L
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
M

SEF977U N
2.REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure. O

>> GO TO 3
3.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED P
1. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load.

EC-11
 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
2. Rev engine between 2,000 and 3,000 rpm 2 or 3 times under no
load, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute.
3. Check idle speed.
For procedure, refer to EC-14, "IDLE SPEED : Special Repair
Requirement".
For specification, refer to EC-414, "Idle Speed".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 4.

PBIA8513J

4.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING

1. Stop engine.
2. Perform EC-15, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Require-
ment".

>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Perform EC-16, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".

>> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Perform EC-16, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. Then GO TO 4.
7.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check idle speed.
For procedure, refer to EC-14, "IDLE SPEED : Special Repair Requirement".
For specification, refer to EC-414, "Idle Speed".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the Following.
• Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-223, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-219, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> 1. Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
2. GO TO 4.
9.CHECK ECM FUNCTION
1. Substitute with a non-malfunctioning ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of the incident,
although this is rare.)
2. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to
SEC-8, "ECM RE-COMMUNICATING FUNCTION : Description".

>> GO TO 4.
10.CHECK IGNITION TIMING
1. Run engine at idle.

EC-12
 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
For procedure, refer to EC-15, "IGNITION TIMING : Special Repair Requirement". A
For specification, refer to EC-414, "Ignition Timing".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 19. EC
NO >> GO TO 11.
11.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
C
1. Stop engine.
2. Perform EC-15, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Require-
ment".
D
>> GO TO 12.
12.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING E
Perform EC-16, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".

>> GO TO 13. F
13.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Perform EC-16, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement". G
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. Then GO TO 4. H
14.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Check idle speed. I
For procedure, refer to EC-14, "IDLE SPEED : Special Repair Requirement".
For specification, refer to EC-414, "Idle Speed".
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> GO TO 17.
15.CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN K

1. Run engine at idle.

2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
L
For procedure, refer to EC-15, "IGNITION TIMING : Special Repair Requirement".
For specification, refer to EC-414, "Ignition Timing".
Is the inspection result normal?
M
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> GO TO 16.
16.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION N
Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-53, "Removal and Installation".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 17. O
NO >> 1. Repair the timing chain installation.
2. GO TO 4.
17.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART P
Check the following.
• Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-223, "Diagnosis Procedure".
• Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-219, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 18.
NO >> 1. Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

EC-13
 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
2. GO TO 4.
18.CHECK ECM FUNCTION
1. Substitute with a non-malfunctioning ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of the incident,
although this is rare.)
2. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to
EC-14, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement".

>> GO TO 4.
19.INSPECTION END
Did you replace ECM, referring this Basic Inspection procedure?
Yes or No
Yes >> Go to EC-14, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair
Requirement".
No >> INSPECTION END
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description
INFOID:0000000003856445

When replacing ECM, the following procedure must be performed.

ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Re-
quirement INFOID:0000000003856446

1.PERFORM INITIALIZATION OF NVIS (NATS) SYSTEM AND REGISTRATION OF ALL NVIS (NATS) IGNI-
TION KEY IDS
Refer to SEC-8, "ECM RE-COMMUNICATING FUNCTION : Description".

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
Refer to EC-15, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".

>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Refer to EC-16, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".

>> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-16, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".

>> END
IDLE SPEED
IDLE SPEED : Description INFOID:0000000003856447

This describes how to check the idle speed. For the actual procedure, follow the instructions in “BASIC
INSPECTION”.
IDLE SPEED : Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000003856448

1.CHECK IDLE SPEED

With CONSULT-III

EC-14
 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Check idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
With GST A
Check idle speed with Service $01 of GST.

>> INSPECTION END EC

IGNITION TIMING
IGNITION TIMING : Description INFOID:0000000003856449 C

This describes how to check the ignition timing. For the actual procedure, follow the instructions in “BASIC
INSPECTION”.
D
IGNITION TIMING : Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000003856450

1.CHECK IGNITION TIMING E

1. Attach timing light to loop wires as shown.

A : Timing light F
: Vehicle front

H
JMBIA1388ZZ

2. Check ignition timing. I

>> INSPECTION END

J

JMBIA1135GB L
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Description INFOID:0000000003856453 M

Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully released position of the accel-
erator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time
the harness connector of the accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected. N

ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Re-

quirement INFOID:0000000003856454 O

1.START
1. Check that accelerator pedal is fully released. P
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

>> END

EC-15
 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Description INFOID:0000000003856455

Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully closed position of the throttle valve by
monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connector of
electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected.
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement
INFOID:0000000003856456

1.START
1. Check that accelerator pedal is fully released.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
Check that throttle valve moves during above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.

>> END
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Description INFOID:0000000003856457

Idle Air Volume Learning is a function of ECM to learn the idle air volume that keeps engine idle speed within
the specific range. It must be performed under the following conditions:
• Each time electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced.
• Idle speed or ignition timing is out of specification.
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000003856458

1.PRECONDITIONING
Before performing Idle Air Volume Learning, check that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment.
• Battery voltage: More than 12.9 V (At idle)
• Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 100°C (158 - 212°F)
• Selector lever: P or N
• Electric load switch: OFF
(Air conditioner, head lamp, rear window defogger)
- For vehicle equipped with daytime light systems, perform one of the following procedures before
starting engine not to illuminate headlamps.
• Apply parking brake
• Set lighting switch to the 1st position
• Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position)
• Vehicle speed: Stopped
• Transmission: Warmed-up
- With CONSULT-III: Drive vehicle until “ATF TEMP SEN” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “CVT” system indi-
cates less than 0.9 V.
- Without CONSULT-III: Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
Will CONSULT-III be used?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
With CONSULT-III
1. Perform EC-15, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Require-
ment".
2. Perform EC-16, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.
5. Touch “START” and wait 20 seconds.

EC-16
 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Is “CMPLT” displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
YES >> GO TO 4. A
NO >> GO TO 5.
3.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
EC
Without CONSULT-III
NOTE:
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has C
a malfunction.
1. Perform EC-15, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Require-
ment". D
2. Perform EC-16, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
E
5. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
6. Repeat the following procedure quickly 5 times within 5 seconds.
- Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
- Fully release the accelerator pedal. F
7. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal for approx. 20 seconds until the MI stops blinking and
turns ON.
8. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MI turns ON. G
9. Start engine and let it idle.
10. Wait 20 seconds.

J
PBIB0665E

K
>> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK IDLE SPEED AND IGNITION TIMING
Rev up the engine 2 or 3 times and check that idle speed and ignition timing are within the specifications. L
For procedure, refer to EC-14, "IDLE SPEED : Special Repair Requirement" and EC-15, "IGNITION TIMING :
Special Repair Requirement".
For specifications, refer to EC-414, "Idle Speed" and EC-414, "Ignition Timing". M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5. N
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART-I
Check the following
• Check that throttle valve is fully closed. O
• Check PCV valve operation.
• Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage.
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART-II
When the above three items check out OK, engine component parts and their installation condition are ques-
tionable. Check and eliminate the cause of the incident.
It is useful to perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE”. Refer to EC-124, "Description".

EC-17
 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the incident and
perform Idle Air Volume Learning again:
• Engine stalls.
• Erroneous idle.

>> INSPECTION END

MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Description INFOID:0000000003856459

This describes show to erase the mixture ratio self-learning value. For the actual procedure, follow the instruc-
tions in “Diagnosis Procedure”.
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement
INFOID:0000000003856460

1.START
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Clear mixture ratio self-learning value by touching “CLEAR”.
With GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF.
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
6. Select Service $03 with GST. Check that DTC P0102 is detected.
7. Select Service $04 with GST to erase the DTC P0102.

>> END

EC-18
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS A
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
System Diagram INFOID:0000000003856461
EC

JMBIA1465GB

EC-19
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
System Description INFOID:0000000003856462

ECM performs various controls such as fuel injection control and ignition timing control.
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000003856463

JMBIA1373ZZ

1. Intake valve timing control solenoid 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Electronic controlled engine mount
valve (bank 1) valve (bank 2) control solenoid valve
4. Fuel injector (bank 2) 5. Cooling fan motor-2 6. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)
7. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 8. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 9. Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
and spark plug (bank 2) (bank 2)
10. Engine coolant temperature sensor 11. Cooling fan motor-1 12. ECM
13. Refrigerant pressure sensor 14. Battery current sensor 15. IPDM E/R
16. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 17. Electric throttle control actuator 18. Power valve actuator 2 (VQ35DE
temperature sensor) models)
19. EVAP canister purge volume control 20. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 21. Ignition coil (with power transistor)
solenoid valve (bank 1) and spark plug (bank 1)
22. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) 23. Fuel injector (bank 1) 24. VIAS control solenoid valve 1 and 2
(VQ35DE models)
25. Power valve actuator 1

EC-20
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

EC

JMBIA1374ZZ

D
1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 2. Electric throttle control actuator
temperature sensor)
: Vehicle front
E

H
JMBIA1375ZZ

1. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 2. Fuel injector (bank 1) 3. Fuel injector (bank 2) I
and spark plug (bank 1)
4. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 5. EVAP canister
and spark plug (bank 2)
J
: Vehicle front

JMBIA1376GB

N
1. Knock sensor (bank 1) 2. Knock sensor (bank 2) 3. Knock sensor
: Vehicle front

JMBIA1377ZZ

EC-21
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

1. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 3. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
(bank 2) (bank 1)
: Vehicle front

JMBIA1378ZZ

1. Refrigerant pressure sensor 2. Battery current sensor

: Vehicle front

JMBIA1379ZZ

1. ECM 2. Fuel pump fuse 3. IPDM E/R

: Vehicle front

PBIB1686E

EC-22
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

EC

JMBIA1116ZZ

D
1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) harness con- 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) 3. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) harness con-
nector nector
4. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)
E
: Vehicle front

JMBIA1380ZZ

I
1. HO2S2 (bank 1) 2. HO2S2 (bank 2) 3. HO2S2 (bank 2) harness connector
4. Tie-rod (RH) 5. Power steering pressure sensor 6. HO2S2 (bank 1) harness connector
: Vehicle front J

M
JMBIA1381GB

1. Electronic controlled engine mount 2. VIAS control solenoid valve 1 3. VIAS control solenoid valve 2 N
control solenoid valve
4. EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
O

EC-23
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

JMBIA1382GB

1. Electronic controlled engine mount 2. VIAS control solenoid valve 3. EVAP canister purge volume control
control solenoid valve solenoid valve

JMBIA1383ZZ

1. Intake valve timing control solenoid 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Data link connector
valve (bank 1) valve (bank 2)

JMBIA1384ZZ

1. Stop lamp switch 2. ASCD brake switch 3. Accelerator pedal position sensor

JMBIA1120ZZ

1. ASCD steering switch 2. CANCEL switch 3. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch

4. SET/COAST switch 5. MAIN switch

EC-24
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

EC

JMBIA1385ZZ

D
1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2. Fuel pressure regulator 3. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
harness connector
: Vehicle front
E
Component Description INFOID:0000000003856464

F
Component Reference
A/F sensor 1 EC-163, "Description"
A/F sensor 1 heater EC-140, "Description"
G

Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-304, "Description"

ASCD brake switch EC-273, "Description" H
ASCD steering switch EC-270, "Description"
Battery current sensor EC-258, "Description"
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-222, "Description" I
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-218, "Description"
Cooling fan motor EC-324, "Description"
J
Electric throttle control actuator EC-302, "Description"
Electronic controlled engine mount EC-331, "Description"
Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-157, "Description" K
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve EC-231, "Description"
Fuel injector EC-334, "Description"
L
Fuel pump EC-337, "Description"
Heated oxygen sensor 2 EC-178, "Description"
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater EC-143, "Description" M
Ignition coil with power transistor EC-341, "Description"
Intake air temperature sensor EC-154, "Description"
N
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve EC-146, "Description"
Knock sensor EC-215, "Description"
Mass air flow sensor EC-149, "Description" O
PCV valve EC-347, "Description"
Power steering pressure sensor EC-236, "Description"
Power valves 1 and 2 EC-351, "Description" P
Refrigerant pressure sensor EC-348, "Description"
Stop lamp switch EC-291, "Description"
TCM (VQ35DE engine)
EC-245, "Description"
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (VQ25DE engine)
Throttle control motor EC-300, "Description"

EC-25
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Component Reference
Throttle control motor relay EC-294, "Description"
Throttle position sensor EC-160, "Description"
VIAS control solenoid valve 1 EC-285, "Description"
VIAS control solenoid valve 2 EC-288, "Description"

EC-26
 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
A
System Diagram INFOID:0000000003856465

EC

JMBIA1492GB
J

System Description INFOID:0000000003856466

K
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

EC-27
 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed*3
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Piston position
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Intake air temperature sensor Intake air temperature
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
Fuel injection
TCM (VQ35DE engine) & mixture ratio Fuel injector
Gear position
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (VQ25DE engine) control
Battery Battery voltage*3
Knock sensor Engine knocking condition
Power steering pressure sensor Power steering operation

Heated oxygen sensor 2*1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) VDC/TCS operation command*2
BCM Air conditioner operation*2
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Vehicle speed*2
*1: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*3: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from the crankshaft position sensor (POS), camshaft position
sensor (PHASE) and the mass air flow sensor.
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION
In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operat-
ing conditions as listed below.
<Fuel increase>
• During warm-up
• When starting the engine
• During acceleration
• Hot-engine operation
• When selector lever is changed from N to D
• High-load, high-speed operation
<Fuel decrease>
• During deceleration
• During high engine speed operation

EC-28
 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)
A

EC

PBIB3020E

The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for driveability and emission control. D
The three way catalyst (manifold) can better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses A/F sen-
sor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM adjusts the
injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about A/F sensor 1, refer to
EC-163, "Description". This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric (ideal air-fuel mix- E
ture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching F
characteristics of A/F sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from heated
oxygen sensor 2.
• Open Loop Control
G
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
- Deceleration and acceleration
- High-load, high-speed operation H
- Malfunction of A/F sensor 1 or its circuit
- Insufficient activation of A/F sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
- High engine coolant temperature I
- During warm-up
- After shifting from N to D
- When starting the engine
J
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from A/F sensor 1.
This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to the theoret-
ical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as originally K
designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic changes dur-
ing operation (i.e., fuel injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is L
then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between
the two ratios.
“Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim
M
includes short-term fuel trim and long-term fuel trim.
“Short-term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical
value. The signal from A/F sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared to the the-
oretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and an increase in N
fuel volume if it is lean.
“Long-term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out over time to compensate for continual deviation
of the short-term fuel trim from the central value. Continual deviation will occur due to individual engine differ-
O
ences, wear over time and changes in the usage environment.

EC-29
 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
FUEL INJECTION TIMING

SEF179U

Two types of systems are used.

• Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used
when the engine is running.
• Simultaneous Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected simultaneously into all six cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals of
the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ECM.
The six injectors will then receive the signals 2 times for each engine cycle.
This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail-safe system (CPU) is operating.
FUEL SHUT-OFF
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration, operation of the engine at excessively high speeds or oper-
ation of the vehicle at excessively high speeds.

EC-30
 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000003857771

EC

JMBIA1373ZZ

L
1. Intake valve timing control solenoid 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Electronic controlled engine mount
valve (bank 1) valve (bank 2) control solenoid valve
4. Fuel injector (bank 2) 5. Cooling fan motor-2 6. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) M
7. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 8. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 9. Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
and spark plug (bank 2) (bank 2)
10. Engine coolant temperature sensor 11. Cooling fan motor-1 12. ECM
N
13. Refrigerant pressure sensor 14. Battery current sensor 15. IPDM E/R
16. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 17. Electric throttle control actuator 18. Power valve actuator 2 (VQ35DE
temperature sensor) models)
19. EVAP canister purge volume control 20. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 21. Ignition coil (with power transistor)
O
solenoid valve (bank 1) and spark plug (bank 1)
22. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) 23. Fuel injector (bank 1) 24. VIAS control solenoid valve 1 and 2
(VQ35DE models) P
25. Power valve actuator 1

EC-31
 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

JMBIA1374ZZ

1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 2. Electric throttle control actuator
temperature sensor)
: Vehicle front

JMBIA1375ZZ

1. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 2. Fuel injector (bank 1) 3. Fuel injector (bank 2)
and spark plug (bank 1)
4. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 5. EVAP canister
and spark plug (bank 2)
: Vehicle front

JMBIA1376GB

1. Knock sensor (bank 1) 2. Knock sensor (bank 2) 3. Knock sensor

: Vehicle front

JMBIA1377ZZ

EC-32
 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

1. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 3. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) A
(bank 2) (bank 1)
: Vehicle front

EC

JMBIA1378ZZ E

1. Refrigerant pressure sensor 2. Battery current sensor

: Vehicle front F

I
JMBIA1379ZZ

1. ECM 2. Fuel pump fuse 3. IPDM E/R J

: Vehicle front

PBIB1686E P

EC-33
 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

JMBIA1116ZZ

1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) harness con- 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) 3. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) harness con-
nector nector
4. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)
: Vehicle front

JMBIA1380ZZ

1. HO2S2 (bank 1) 2. HO2S2 (bank 2) 3. HO2S2 (bank 2) harness connector

4. Tie-rod (RH) 5. Power steering pressure sensor 6. HO2S2 (bank 1) harness connector
: Vehicle front

JMBIA1381GB

1. Electronic controlled engine mount 2. VIAS control solenoid valve 1 3. VIAS control solenoid valve 2
control solenoid valve
4. EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve

EC-34
 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

EC

JMBIA1382GB

D
1. Electronic controlled engine mount 2. VIAS control solenoid valve 3. EVAP canister purge volume control
control solenoid valve solenoid valve

JMBIA1383ZZ H

1. Intake valve timing control solenoid 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Data link connector
valve (bank 1) valve (bank 2)
I

L
JMBIA1384ZZ

1. Stop lamp switch 2. ASCD brake switch 3. Accelerator pedal position sensor
M

P
JMBIA1120ZZ

1. ASCD steering switch 2. CANCEL switch 3. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch

4. SET/COAST switch 5. MAIN switch

EC-35
 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

JMBIA1385ZZ

1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2. Fuel pressure regulator 3. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
harness connector
: Vehicle front

Component Description INFOID:0000000003856468

Component Reference
A/F sensor 1 EC-163, "Description"
Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-304, "Description"
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-222, "Description"
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-218, "Description"
Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-157, "Description"
Fuel injector EC-334, "Description"
Heated oxygen sensor 2 EC-178, "Description"
Intake air temperature sensor EC-154, "Description"
Knock sensor EC-215, "Description"
Mass air flow sensor EC-149, "Description"
Park/neutral position switch EC-245, "Description"
Power steering pressure sensor EC-236, "Description"
Throttle position sensor EC-160, "Description"

EC-36
 ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM
A
System Diagram INFOID:0000000003856469

EC

JMBIA1493GB

G
System Description INFOID:0000000003856470

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART H

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) I
Engine speed*2
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Piston position
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
J
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Ignition timing Ignition coil
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position K
control (with power transistor)
Battery Battery voltage*2
Knock sensor Engine knocking
L
TCM (VQ35DE engine)
Gear position
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (VQ25DE engine)
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Vehicle speed*1 M
*1: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
N
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Ignition order: 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-fuel ratio for every running condition of the
engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM. O
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor (PHASE) sig-
nal. Computing this information, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the ECM according to the other data stored in P
the ECM.
• At starting
• During warm-up
• At idle
• At low battery voltage
• During acceleration
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
EC-37
 ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000003857772

JMBIA1373ZZ

1. Intake valve timing control solenoid 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Electronic controlled engine mount
valve (bank 1) valve (bank 2) control solenoid valve
4. Fuel injector (bank 2) 5. Cooling fan motor-2 6. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)
7. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 8. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 9. Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
and spark plug (bank 2) (bank 2)
10. Engine coolant temperature sensor 11. Cooling fan motor-1 12. ECM
13. Refrigerant pressure sensor 14. Battery current sensor 15. IPDM E/R
16. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 17. Electric throttle control actuator 18. Power valve actuator 2 (VQ35DE
temperature sensor) models)
19. EVAP canister purge volume control 20. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 21. Ignition coil (with power transistor)
solenoid valve (bank 1) and spark plug (bank 1)
22. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) 23. Fuel injector (bank 1) 24. VIAS control solenoid valve 1 and 2
(VQ35DE models)
25. Power valve actuator 1

EC-38
 ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

EC

JMBIA1374ZZ

D
1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 2. Electric throttle control actuator
temperature sensor)
: Vehicle front
E

H
JMBIA1375ZZ

1. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 2. Fuel injector (bank 1) 3. Fuel injector (bank 2) I
and spark plug (bank 1)
4. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 5. EVAP canister
and spark plug (bank 2)
J
: Vehicle front

JMBIA1376GB

N
1. Knock sensor (bank 1) 2. Knock sensor (bank 2) 3. Knock sensor
: Vehicle front

JMBIA1377ZZ

EC-39
 ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

1. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 3. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
(bank 2) (bank 1)
: Vehicle front

JMBIA1378ZZ

1. Refrigerant pressure sensor 2. Battery current sensor

: Vehicle front

JMBIA1379ZZ

1. ECM 2. Fuel pump fuse 3. IPDM E/R

: Vehicle front

PBIB1686E

EC-40
 ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

EC

JMBIA1116ZZ

D
1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) harness con- 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) 3. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) harness con-
nector nector
4. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)
E
: Vehicle front

JMBIA1380ZZ

I
1. HO2S2 (bank 1) 2. HO2S2 (bank 2) 3. HO2S2 (bank 2) harness connector
4. Tie-rod (RH) 5. Power steering pressure sensor 6. HO2S2 (bank 1) harness connector
: Vehicle front J

M
JMBIA1381GB

1. Electronic controlled engine mount 2. VIAS control solenoid valve 1 3. VIAS control solenoid valve 2 N
control solenoid valve
4. EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
O

EC-41
 ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

JMBIA1382GB

1. Electronic controlled engine mount 2. VIAS control solenoid valve 3. EVAP canister purge volume control
control solenoid valve solenoid valve

JMBIA1383ZZ

1. Intake valve timing control solenoid 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Data link connector
valve (bank 1) valve (bank 2)

JMBIA1384ZZ

1. Stop lamp switch 2. ASCD brake switch 3. Accelerator pedal position sensor

JMBIA1120ZZ

1. ASCD steering switch 2. CANCEL switch 3. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch

4. SET/COAST switch 5. MAIN switch

EC-42
 ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

EC

JMBIA1385ZZ

D
1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2. Fuel pressure regulator 3. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
harness connector
: Vehicle front
E
Component Description INFOID:0000000003856472

F
Component Reference
Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-304, "Description"
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-222, "Description"
G

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-218, "Description"

Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-157, "Description" H
Ignition signal EC-341, "Description"
Knock sensor EC-215, "Description"
Mass air flow sensor EC-149, "Description" I
Park/neutral position switch EC-245, "Description"
Throttle position sensor EC-160, "Description"
J

EC-43
 AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
System Diagram INFOID:0000000003856473

JMBIA1414GB

System Description INFOID:0000000003856474

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

BCM Air conditioner ON signal*1
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*2

Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Air conditioner

Air conditioner relay
cut control
Battery 2
Battery voltage*
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure
Power steering pressure sensor Power steering operation
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Vehicle speed*1
*1: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.
*2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned OFF.
• When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
• When cranking the engine.
• At high engine speeds.
• When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high.
• When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed.
• When engine speed is excessively low.
• When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high.
EC-44
 AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000003857773

EC

JMBIA1373ZZ

L
1. Intake valve timing control solenoid 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Electronic controlled engine mount
valve (bank 1) valve (bank 2) control solenoid valve
4. Fuel injector (bank 2) 5. Cooling fan motor-2 6. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) M
7. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 8. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 9. Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
and spark plug (bank 2) (bank 2)
10. Engine coolant temperature sensor 11. Cooling fan motor-1 12. ECM
N
13. Refrigerant pressure sensor 14. Battery current sensor 15. IPDM E/R
16. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 17. Electric throttle control actuator 18. Power valve actuator 2 (VQ35DE
temperature sensor) models)
19. EVAP canister purge volume control 20. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 21. Ignition coil (with power transistor)
O
solenoid valve (bank 1) and spark plug (bank 1)
22. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) 23. Fuel injector (bank 1) 24. VIAS control solenoid valve 1 and 2
(VQ35DE models) P
25. Power valve actuator 1

EC-45
 AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

JMBIA1374ZZ

1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 2. Electric throttle control actuator
temperature sensor)
: Vehicle front

JMBIA1375ZZ

1. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 2. Fuel injector (bank 1) 3. Fuel injector (bank 2)
and spark plug (bank 1)
4. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 5. EVAP canister
and spark plug (bank 2)
: Vehicle front

JMBIA1376GB

1. Knock sensor (bank 1) 2. Knock sensor (bank 2) 3. Knock sensor

: Vehicle front

JMBIA1377ZZ

EC-46
 AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

1. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 3. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) A
(bank 2) (bank 1)
: Vehicle front

EC

JMBIA1378ZZ E

1. Refrigerant pressure sensor 2. Battery current sensor

: Vehicle front F

I
JMBIA1379ZZ

1. ECM 2. Fuel pump fuse 3. IPDM E/R J

: Vehicle front

PBIB1686E P

EC-47
 AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

JMBIA1116ZZ

1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) harness con- 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) 3. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) harness con-
nector nector
4. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)
: Vehicle front

JMBIA1380ZZ

1. HO2S2 (bank 1) 2. HO2S2 (bank 2) 3. HO2S2 (bank 2) harness connector

4. Tie-rod (RH) 5. Power steering pressure sensor 6. HO2S2 (bank 1) harness connector
: Vehicle front

JMBIA1381GB

1. Electronic controlled engine mount 2. VIAS control solenoid valve 1 3. VIAS control solenoid valve 2
control solenoid valve
4. EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve

EC-48
 AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

EC

JMBIA1382GB

D
1. Electronic controlled engine mount 2. VIAS control solenoid valve 3. EVAP canister purge volume control
control solenoid valve solenoid valve

JMBIA1383ZZ H

1. Intake valve timing control solenoid 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Data link connector
valve (bank 1) valve (bank 2)
I

L
JMBIA1384ZZ

1. Stop lamp switch 2. ASCD brake switch 3. Accelerator pedal position sensor
M

P
JMBIA1120ZZ

1. ASCD steering switch 2. CANCEL switch 3. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch

4. SET/COAST switch 5. MAIN switch

EC-49
 AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

JMBIA1385ZZ

1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2. Fuel pressure regulator 3. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
harness connector
: Vehicle front

Component Description INFOID:0000000003856476

Component Reference
Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-304, "Description"
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-222, "Description"
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-218, "Description"
Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-157, "Description"
Power steering pressure sensor EC-236, "Description"
Refrigerant pressure sensor EC-348, "Description"

EC-50
 AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
A
System Diagram INFOID:0000000003856477

EC

JMBIA1494GB F

System Description INFOID:0000000003856478

G
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator H

ASCD brake switch Brake pedal operation
Stop lamp switch Brake pedal operation
I
ASCD steering switch ASCD steering switch operation
ASCD vehicle speed Electric throttle control
TCM (VQ35DE engine) Gear position control actuator
Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (VQ25DE
Powertrain revolution* J
engine)
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Vehicle speed*
*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line K
BASIC ASCD SYSTEM
Refer to Owner's Manual for ASCD operating instructions.
Automatic Speed Control Device (ASCD) allows a driver to keep vehicle at predetermined constant speed L
without depressing accelerator pedal. Driver can set vehicle speed in advance between approximately 40 km/
h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH).
ECM controls throttle angle of electric throttle control actuator to regulate engine speed. M
Operation status of ASCD is indicated by CRUISE lamp and SET lamp in combination meter. If any malfunc-
tion occurs in the ASCD system, it automatically deactivates control.
NOTE:
Always drive vehicle in a safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws. N
SET OPERATION
Press MAIN switch. (The CRUISE lamp in combination meter illuminates.)
When vehicle speed reaches a desired speed between approximately 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 O
MPH), press SET/COAST switch. (Then SET lamp in combination meter illuminates.)
ACCELERATE OPERATION
P
If the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is pressed during cruise control driving, increase the vehicle speed until
the switch is released or vehicle speed reaches maximum speed controlled by the system.
And then ASCD will maintain the new set speed.
CANCEL OPERATION
When any of following conditions exist, cruise operation will be canceled.
• CANCEL switch is pressed
• More than 2 switches at ASCD steering switch are pressed at the same time (Set speed will be cleared)

EC-51
 AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
• Brake pedal is depressed
• Selector lever position is N, P or R
• Vehicle speed decreased to 13 km/h (8 MPH) lower than the set speed
• TCS system is operated
• CVT control system has a malfunction. Refer to EC-280, "Description".
When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, the ECM will cancel the cruise operation and inform
the driver by blinking indicator lamp.
• Engine coolant temperature is slightly higher than the normal operating temperature, CRUISE lamp may
blink slowly.
When the engine coolant temperature decreases to the normal operating temperature, CRUISE lamp will
stop blinking and the cruise operation will be able to work by pressing SET/COAST switch or RESUME/
ACCELERATE switch.
• Malfunction for some self-diagnoses regarding ASCD control: SET lamp will blink quickly.
If MAIN switch is turned to OFF while ASCD is activated, all of ASCD operations will be canceled and vehicle
speed memory will be erased.
COAST OPERATION
When the SET/COAST switch is pressed during cruise control driving, decrease vehicle set speed until the
switch is released. And then ASCD will maintain the new set speed.
RESUME OPERATION
When the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is pressed after cancel operation other than pressing MAIN switch
is performed, vehicle speed will return to last set speed. To resume vehicle set speed, vehicle condition must
meet following conditions.
• Brake pedal is released
• Selector lever position is other than P and N
• Vehicle speed is greater than 40 km/h (25 MPH) and less than 144 km/h (89 MPH)

EC-52
 AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000003857774

EC

JMBIA1373ZZ

L
1. Intake valve timing control solenoid 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Electronic controlled engine mount
valve (bank 1) valve (bank 2) control solenoid valve
4. Fuel injector (bank 2) 5. Cooling fan motor-2 6. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) M
7. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 8. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 9. Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
and spark plug (bank 2) (bank 2)
10. Engine coolant temperature sensor 11. Cooling fan motor-1 12. ECM
N
13. Refrigerant pressure sensor 14. Battery current sensor 15. IPDM E/R
16. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 17. Electric throttle control actuator 18. Power valve actuator 2 (VQ35DE
temperature sensor) models)
19. EVAP canister purge volume control 20. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 21. Ignition coil (with power transistor)
O
solenoid valve (bank 1) and spark plug (bank 1)
22. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) 23. Fuel injector (bank 1) 24. VIAS control solenoid valve 1 and 2
(VQ35DE models) P
25. Power valve actuator 1

EC-53
 AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

JMBIA1374ZZ

1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 2. Electric throttle control actuator
temperature sensor)
: Vehicle front

JMBIA1375ZZ

1. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 2. Fuel injector (bank 1) 3. Fuel injector (bank 2)
and spark plug (bank 1)
4. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 5. EVAP canister
and spark plug (bank 2)
: Vehicle front

JMBIA1376GB

1. Knock sensor (bank 1) 2. Knock sensor (bank 2) 3. Knock sensor

: Vehicle front

JMBIA1377ZZ

EC-54
 AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

1. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 3. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) A
(bank 2) (bank 1)
: Vehicle front

EC

JMBIA1378ZZ E

1. Refrigerant pressure sensor 2. Battery current sensor

: Vehicle front F

I
JMBIA1379ZZ

1. ECM 2. Fuel pump fuse 3. IPDM E/R J

: Vehicle front

PBIB1686E P

EC-55
 AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

JMBIA1116ZZ

1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) harness con- 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) 3. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) harness con-
nector nector
4. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)
: Vehicle front

JMBIA1380ZZ

1. HO2S2 (bank 1) 2. HO2S2 (bank 2) 3. HO2S2 (bank 2) harness connector

4. Tie-rod (RH) 5. Power steering pressure sensor 6. HO2S2 (bank 1) harness connector
: Vehicle front

JMBIA1381GB

1. Electronic controlled engine mount 2. VIAS control solenoid valve 1 3. VIAS control solenoid valve 2
control solenoid valve
4. EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve

EC-56
 AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

EC

JMBIA1382GB

D
1. Electronic controlled engine mount 2. VIAS control solenoid valve 3. EVAP canister purge volume control
control solenoid valve solenoid valve

JMBIA1383ZZ H

1. Intake valve timing control solenoid 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Data link connector
valve (bank 1) valve (bank 2)
I

L
JMBIA1384ZZ

1. Stop lamp switch 2. ASCD brake switch 3. Accelerator pedal position sensor
M

P
JMBIA1120ZZ

1. ASCD steering switch 2. CANCEL switch 3. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch

4. SET/COAST switch 5. MAIN switch

EC-57
 AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

JMBIA1385ZZ

1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2. Fuel pressure regulator 3. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
harness connector
: Vehicle front

Component Description INFOID:0000000003856480

Component Reference
ASCD steering switch EC-270, "Description"
ASCD brake switch EC-273, "Description"
ASCD clutch switch EC-273, "Description"
Stop lamp switch EC-291, "Description"
Electric throttle control actuator EC-302, "Description"
ASCD indicator EC-323, "Description"

EC-58
 CAN COMMUNICATION
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
CAN COMMUNICATION
A
System Description INFOID:0000000003856481

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
Refer to LAN-22, "CAN System Specification Chart", about CAN communication for detail.
D

EC-59
 COOLING FAN CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
COOLING FAN CONTROL
System Diagram INFOID:0000000003856482

JMBIA1324GB

System Description INFOID:0000000003856483

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*1

Battery Battery voltage*1 IPDM E/R

↓
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Vehicle speed*2 Cooling fan
Cooling fan relay
control
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature ↓
Cooling fan motor
BCM Air conditioner ON signal*2
Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure
*1: The ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to ECM through CAN communication line.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant
pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 4-step control [HIGH/MIDDLE/LOW/OFF].

EC-60
 COOLING FAN CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Cooling Fan Operation
A

EC

H
JMBIA0179GB

Cooling Fan Relay Operation

The ECM controls cooling fan relays in the IPDM E/R through CAN communication line. I
Cooling fan relay
Cooling fan speed
1 2 3 J
Stop (OFF) OFF OFF OFF
Low (LOW) ON OFF OFF
Middle (MID) OFF ON OFF K
High (HI) OFF ON ON

EC-61
 COOLING FAN CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000003857775

JMBIA1373ZZ

1. Intake valve timing control solenoid 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Electronic controlled engine mount
valve (bank 1) valve (bank 2) control solenoid valve
4. Fuel injector (bank 2) 5. Cooling fan motor-2 6. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)
7. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 8. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 9. Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
and spark plug (bank 2) (bank 2)
10. Engine coolant temperature sensor 11. Cooling fan motor-1 12. ECM
13. Refrigerant pressure sensor 14. Battery current sensor 15. IPDM E/R
16. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 17. Electric throttle control actuator 18. Power valve actuator 2 (VQ35DE
temperature sensor) models)
19. EVAP canister purge volume control 20. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 21. Ignition coil (with power transistor)
solenoid valve (bank 1) and spark plug (bank 1)
22. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) 23. Fuel injector (bank 1) 24. VIAS control solenoid valve 1 and 2
(VQ35DE models)
25. Power valve actuator 1

EC-62
 COOLING FAN CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

EC

JMBIA1374ZZ

D
1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 2. Electric throttle control actuator
temperature sensor)
: Vehicle front
E

H
JMBIA1375ZZ

1. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 2. Fuel injector (bank 1) 3. Fuel injector (bank 2) I
and spark plug (bank 1)
4. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 5. EVAP canister
and spark plug (bank 2)
J
: Vehicle front

JMBIA1376GB

N
1. Knock sensor (bank 1) 2. Knock sensor (bank 2) 3. Knock sensor
: Vehicle front

JMBIA1377ZZ

EC-63
 COOLING FAN CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

1. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 3. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
(bank 2) (bank 1)
: Vehicle front

JMBIA1378ZZ

1. Refrigerant pressure sensor 2. Battery current sensor

: Vehicle front

JMBIA1379ZZ

1. ECM 2. Fuel pump fuse 3. IPDM E/R

: Vehicle front

PBIB1686E

EC-64
 COOLING FAN CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

EC

JMBIA1116ZZ

D
1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) harness con- 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) 3. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) harness con-
nector nector
4. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)
E
: Vehicle front

JMBIA1380ZZ

I
1. HO2S2 (bank 1) 2. HO2S2 (bank 2) 3. HO2S2 (bank 2) harness connector
4. Tie-rod (RH) 5. Power steering pressure sensor 6. HO2S2 (bank 1) harness connector
: Vehicle front J

M
JMBIA1381GB

1. Electronic controlled engine mount 2. VIAS control solenoid valve 1 3. VIAS control solenoid valve 2 N
control solenoid valve
4. EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
O

EC-65
 COOLING FAN CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

JMBIA1382GB

1. Electronic controlled engine mount 2. VIAS control solenoid valve 3. EVAP canister purge volume control
control solenoid valve solenoid valve

JMBIA1383ZZ

1. Intake valve timing control solenoid 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Data link connector
valve (bank 1) valve (bank 2)

JMBIA1384ZZ

1. Stop lamp switch 2. ASCD brake switch 3. Accelerator pedal position sensor

JMBIA1120ZZ

1. ASCD steering switch 2. CANCEL switch 3. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch

4. SET/COAST switch 5. MAIN switch

EC-66
 COOLING FAN CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

EC

JMBIA1385ZZ

D
1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2. Fuel pressure regulator 3. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
harness connector
: Vehicle front
E
Component Description INFOID:0000000003856485

F
Component Reference
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-222, "Description"
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-218, "Description"
G

Cooling fan motor EC-324, "Description"

Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-157, "Description" H
Refrigerant pressure sensor EC-348, "Description"

EC-67
 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT
System Diagram INFOID:0000000003856486

JMBIA0182ZZ

1. Power valve actuator 1 2. VIAS control solenoid valve 1 3. VIAS control solenoid valve 2
4. Power valve actuator 2 5. Intake manifold collector
: From next figure

EC-68
 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

EC

L
JMBIA0183ZZ

1. Electronic controlled engine mount 2. Front electronic controlled engine 3. Rear electronic controlled engine M
control solenoid valve mount mount
: To previous figure
N
NOTE:
Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose.
System Description INFOID:0000000003856487 O

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

P
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Electronic controlled en-
Engine speed Engine mount
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) gine mount control solenoid
control
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Vehicle speed* valve

*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
EC-69
 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
The ECM controls the engine mount operation corresponding to the engine speed. The control system has a
2-step control [Soft/Hard]

Vehicle condition Engine mount control

Engine speed: Below 950 rpm Soft
Engine speed: Above 950 rpm Hard

Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000003860670

JMBIA1373ZZ

1. Intake valve timing control solenoid 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Electronic controlled engine mount
valve (bank 1) valve (bank 2) control solenoid valve
4. Fuel injector (bank 2) 5. Cooling fan motor-2 6. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)
7. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 8. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 9. Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
and spark plug (bank 2) (bank 2)
10. Engine coolant temperature sensor 11. Cooling fan motor-1 12. ECM
13. Refrigerant pressure sensor 14. Battery current sensor 15. IPDM E/R
16. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 17. Electric throttle control actuator 18. Power valve actuator 2 (VQ35DE
temperature sensor) models)
19. EVAP canister purge volume control 20. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 21. Ignition coil (with power transistor)
solenoid valve (bank 1) and spark plug (bank 1)

EC-70
 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
22. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) 23. Fuel injector (bank 1) 24. VIAS control solenoid valve 1 and 2
(VQ35DE models) A
25. Power valve actuator 1

EC

JMBIA1374ZZ
E
1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 2. Electric throttle control actuator
temperature sensor)
: Vehicle front F

I
JMBIA1375ZZ

1. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 2. Fuel injector (bank 1) 3. Fuel injector (bank 2) J
and spark plug (bank 1)
4. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 5. EVAP canister
and spark plug (bank 2) K
: Vehicle front

JMBIA1376GB
O
1. Knock sensor (bank 1) 2. Knock sensor (bank 2) 3. Knock sensor
: Vehicle front
P

EC-71
 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

JMBIA1377ZZ

1. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 3. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
(bank 2) (bank 1)
: Vehicle front

JMBIA1378ZZ

1. Refrigerant pressure sensor 2. Battery current sensor

: Vehicle front

JMBIA1379ZZ

1. ECM 2. Fuel pump fuse 3. IPDM E/R

: Vehicle front

EC-72
 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

EC

PBIB1686E

JMBIA1116ZZ I

1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) harness con- 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) 3. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) harness con-
nector nector
J
4. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)
: Vehicle front

JMBIA1380ZZ N

1. HO2S2 (bank 1) 2. HO2S2 (bank 2) 3. HO2S2 (bank 2) harness connector

4. Tie-rod (RH) 5. Power steering pressure sensor 6. HO2S2 (bank 1) harness connector O
: Vehicle front

EC-73
 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

JMBIA1381GB

1. Electronic controlled engine mount 2. VIAS control solenoid valve 1 3. VIAS control solenoid valve 2
control solenoid valve
4. EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve

JMBIA1382GB

1. Electronic controlled engine mount 2. VIAS control solenoid valve 3. EVAP canister purge volume control
control solenoid valve solenoid valve

JMBIA1383ZZ

1. Intake valve timing control solenoid 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Data link connector
valve (bank 1) valve (bank 2)

JMBIA1384ZZ

1. Stop lamp switch 2. ASCD brake switch 3. Accelerator pedal position sensor

EC-74
 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

EC

JMBIA1120ZZ

D
1. ASCD steering switch 2. CANCEL switch 3. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch
4. SET/COAST switch 5. MAIN switch

JMBIA1385ZZ H

1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2. Fuel pressure regulator 3. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
harness connector
I
: Vehicle front

Component Description INFOID:0000000003856489

J

Component Reference
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-222, "Description" K
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-218, "Description"
Electronic controlled engine mount control solenoid valve EC-331, "Description"
L

EC-75
 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
System Diagram INFOID:0000000003949755

JMBIA1524GB

System Description INFOID:0000000003949756

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed*1
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Piston position
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
Density of oxygen in exhaust gas EVAP canister EVAP canister purge vol-
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
(Mixture ratio feedback signal) purge flow control ume control solenoid valve
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position
Battery Battery voltage*1
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Vehicle speed*2
*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line.

EC-76
 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A

EC

JMBIA1464GB F
The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister.
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
G
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is H
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and
idling. I
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING

EC-77
 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

JMBIA1393ZZ

1. Intake manifold 2. EVAP canister purge volume control

solenoid valve
A. From EVAP canister
: Vehicle front

EC-78
 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

EC

JMBIA1394ZZ
K

1. EVAP canister A. To previous figure B. To/From B in this figure

: Vehicle front L

NOTE:
Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose or purge hoses.
M

EC-79
 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000003857776

JMBIA1373ZZ

1. Intake valve timing control solenoid 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Electronic controlled engine mount
valve (bank 1) valve (bank 2) control solenoid valve
4. Fuel injector (bank 2) 5. Cooling fan motor-2 6. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)
7. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 8. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 9. Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
and spark plug (bank 2) (bank 2)
10. Engine coolant temperature sensor 11. Cooling fan motor-1 12. ECM
13. Refrigerant pressure sensor 14. Battery current sensor 15. IPDM E/R
16. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 17. Electric throttle control actuator 18. Power valve actuator 2 (VQ35DE
temperature sensor) models)
19. EVAP canister purge volume control 20. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 21. Ignition coil (with power transistor)
solenoid valve (bank 1) and spark plug (bank 1)
22. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) 23. Fuel injector (bank 1) 24. VIAS control solenoid valve 1 and 2
(VQ35DE models)
25. Power valve actuator 1

EC-80
 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

EC

JMBIA1374ZZ

D
1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 2. Electric throttle control actuator
temperature sensor)
: Vehicle front
E

H
JMBIA1375ZZ

1. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 2. Fuel injector (bank 1) 3. Fuel injector (bank 2) I
and spark plug (bank 1)
4. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 5. EVAP canister
and spark plug (bank 2)
J
: Vehicle front

JMBIA1376GB

N
1. Knock sensor (bank 1) 2. Knock sensor (bank 2) 3. Knock sensor
: Vehicle front

JMBIA1377ZZ

EC-81
 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

1. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 3. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
(bank 2) (bank 1)
: Vehicle front

JMBIA1378ZZ

1. Refrigerant pressure sensor 2. Battery current sensor

: Vehicle front

JMBIA1379ZZ

1. ECM 2. Fuel pump fuse 3. IPDM E/R

: Vehicle front

PBIB1686E

EC-82
 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

EC

JMBIA1116ZZ

D
1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) harness con- 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) 3. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) harness con-
nector nector
4. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)
E
: Vehicle front

JMBIA1380ZZ

I
1. HO2S2 (bank 1) 2. HO2S2 (bank 2) 3. HO2S2 (bank 2) harness connector
4. Tie-rod (RH) 5. Power steering pressure sensor 6. HO2S2 (bank 1) harness connector
: Vehicle front J

M
JMBIA1381GB

1. Electronic controlled engine mount 2. VIAS control solenoid valve 1 3. VIAS control solenoid valve 2 N
control solenoid valve
4. EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
O

EC-83
 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

JMBIA1382GB

1. Electronic controlled engine mount 2. VIAS control solenoid valve 3. EVAP canister purge volume control
control solenoid valve solenoid valve

JMBIA1383ZZ

1. Intake valve timing control solenoid 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Data link connector
valve (bank 1) valve (bank 2)

JMBIA1384ZZ

1. Stop lamp switch 2. ASCD brake switch 3. Accelerator pedal position sensor

JMBIA1120ZZ

1. ASCD steering switch 2. CANCEL switch 3. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch

4. SET/COAST switch 5. MAIN switch

EC-84
 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

EC

JMBIA1385ZZ

D
1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2. Fuel pressure regulator 3. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
harness connector
: Vehicle front
E
Component Description INFOID:0000000003856493

F
Component Reference
A/F sensor 1 EC-163, "Description"
Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-304, "Description"
G

Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-222, "Description"

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-218, "Description" H
Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-157, "Description"
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve EC-231, "Description"
Mass air flow sensor EC-149, "Description" I
Throttle position sensor EC-160, "Description"

EC-85
 INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL
System Diagram INFOID:0000000003856494

JMBIA1491GB

System Description INFOID:0000000003856495

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed and piston position
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Intake valve Intake valve timing control
Engine oil temperature sensor Engine oil temperature
timing control solenoid valve
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Vehicle speed*
*: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

JMBIA0060GB

This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing (IVT) control sole-
noid valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake
valve to increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.

EC-86
 INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000003857777

EC

JMBIA1373ZZ

L
1. Intake valve timing control solenoid 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Electronic controlled engine mount
valve (bank 1) valve (bank 2) control solenoid valve
4. Fuel injector (bank 2) 5. Cooling fan motor-2 6. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) M
7. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 8. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 9. Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
and spark plug (bank 2) (bank 2)
10. Engine coolant temperature sensor 11. Cooling fan motor-1 12. ECM
N
13. Refrigerant pressure sensor 14. Battery current sensor 15. IPDM E/R
16. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 17. Electric throttle control actuator 18. Power valve actuator 2 (VQ35DE
temperature sensor) models)
19. EVAP canister purge volume control 20. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 21. Ignition coil (with power transistor)
O
solenoid valve (bank 1) and spark plug (bank 1)
22. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) 23. Fuel injector (bank 1) 24. VIAS control solenoid valve 1 and 2
(VQ35DE models) P
25. Power valve actuator 1

EC-87
 INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

JMBIA1374ZZ

1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 2. Electric throttle control actuator
temperature sensor)
: Vehicle front

JMBIA1375ZZ

1. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 2. Fuel injector (bank 1) 3. Fuel injector (bank 2)
and spark plug (bank 1)
4. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 5. EVAP canister
and spark plug (bank 2)
: Vehicle front

JMBIA1376GB

1. Knock sensor (bank 1) 2. Knock sensor (bank 2) 3. Knock sensor

: Vehicle front

JMBIA1377ZZ

EC-88
 INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

1. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 3. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) A
(bank 2) (bank 1)
: Vehicle front

EC

JMBIA1378ZZ E

1. Refrigerant pressure sensor 2. Battery current sensor

: Vehicle front F

I
JMBIA1379ZZ

1. ECM 2. Fuel pump fuse 3. IPDM E/R J

: Vehicle front

PBIB1686E P

EC-89
 INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

JMBIA1116ZZ

1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) harness con- 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) 3. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) harness con-
nector nector
4. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)
: Vehicle front

JMBIA1380ZZ

1. HO2S2 (bank 1) 2. HO2S2 (bank 2) 3. HO2S2 (bank 2) harness connector

4. Tie-rod (RH) 5. Power steering pressure sensor 6. HO2S2 (bank 1) harness connector
: Vehicle front

JMBIA1381GB

1. Electronic controlled engine mount 2. VIAS control solenoid valve 1 3. VIAS control solenoid valve 2
control solenoid valve
4. EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve

EC-90
 INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

EC

JMBIA1382GB

D
1. Electronic controlled engine mount 2. VIAS control solenoid valve 3. EVAP canister purge volume control
control solenoid valve solenoid valve

JMBIA1383ZZ H

1. Intake valve timing control solenoid 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Data link connector
valve (bank 1) valve (bank 2)
I

L
JMBIA1384ZZ

1. Stop lamp switch 2. ASCD brake switch 3. Accelerator pedal position sensor
M

P
JMBIA1120ZZ

1. ASCD steering switch 2. CANCEL switch 3. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch

4. SET/COAST switch 5. MAIN switch

EC-91
 INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

JMBIA1385ZZ

1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2. Fuel pressure regulator 3. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
harness connector
: Vehicle front

Component Description INFOID:0000000003856497

Component Reference
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-222, "Description"
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-218, "Description"
Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-157, "Description"
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve EC-146, "Description"

EC-92
 VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR SYSTEM
A
System Diagram INFOID:0000000003856498

EC

JMBIA1523GB

G
System Description INFOID:0000000003856499

INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART H

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) I
Engine speed*
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature VIAS control solenoid valve 1 J
VIAS control
VIAS control solenoid valve 2
Throttle position sensor Throttle position
Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position K
Battery Battery voltage*
*: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
L
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

JMBIA0181GB

EC-93
 VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
In the medium speed range, the power valves are closed. Under this condition, the pressure waves of the
exhaust stroke do not disturb the pressure waves of the intake stroke of each opposite bank. Therefore, charg-
ing efficiency is increased together with the effect of the long intake passage.
However, in the high speed range, the power valves are open. Under this condition, the pressure waves of
intake stroke are resonant with those of each opposite bank exhaust stroke. Therefore, charging efficiency is
also increased.
In addition, both valves (valves 1 and 2 for VQ35DE engine and a valve for VQ25DE engine) are opened or
closed in other ranges mentioned above. Thus maximum charging efficiency is obtained for the various driving
conditions.
VACUUM HOSE DRAWING (VQ35DE engine)

JMBIA0172ZZ

1. Power valve actuator 1 2. VIAS control solenoid valve 1 3. VIAS control solenoid valve 2
4. Power valve actuator 2 5. Intake manifold collector

VACUUM HOSE DRAWING (VQ25DE engine)

EC-94
 VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

EC

L
JMBIA1522ZZ

1. Power valve actuator 2. VIAS control solenoid valve 3. Intake manifold collector M

EC-95
 VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000003860679

JMBIA1373ZZ

1. Intake valve timing control solenoid 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Electronic controlled engine mount
valve (bank 1) valve (bank 2) control solenoid valve
4. Fuel injector (bank 2) 5. Cooling fan motor-2 6. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)
7. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 8. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 9. Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
and spark plug (bank 2) (bank 2)
10. Engine coolant temperature sensor 11. Cooling fan motor-1 12. ECM
13. Refrigerant pressure sensor 14. Battery current sensor 15. IPDM E/R
16. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 17. Electric throttle control actuator 18. Power valve actuator 2 (VQ35DE
temperature sensor) models)
19. EVAP canister purge volume control 20. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 21. Ignition coil (with power transistor)
solenoid valve (bank 1) and spark plug (bank 1)
22. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) 23. Fuel injector (bank 1) 24. VIAS control solenoid valve 1 and 2
(VQ35DE models)
25. Power valve actuator 1

EC-96
 VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

EC

JMBIA1374ZZ

D
1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air 2. Electric throttle control actuator
temperature sensor)
: Vehicle front
E

H
JMBIA1375ZZ

1. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 2. Fuel injector (bank 1) 3. Fuel injector (bank 2) I
and spark plug (bank 1)
4. Ignition coil (with power transistor) 5. EVAP canister
and spark plug (bank 2)
J
: Vehicle front

JMBIA1376GB

N
1. Knock sensor (bank 1) 2. Knock sensor (bank 2) 3. Knock sensor
: Vehicle front

JMBIA1377ZZ

EC-97
 VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

1. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 3. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
(bank 2) (bank 1)
: Vehicle front

JMBIA1378ZZ

1. Refrigerant pressure sensor 2. Battery current sensor

: Vehicle front

JMBIA1379ZZ

1. ECM 2. Fuel pump fuse 3. IPDM E/R

: Vehicle front

PBIB1686E

EC-98
 VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

EC

JMBIA1116ZZ

D
1. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) harness con- 2. A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) 3. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) harness con-
nector nector
4. A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)
E
: Vehicle front

JMBIA1380ZZ

I
1. HO2S2 (bank 1) 2. HO2S2 (bank 2) 3. HO2S2 (bank 2) harness connector
4. Tie-rod (RH) 5. Power steering pressure sensor 6. HO2S2 (bank 1) harness connector
: Vehicle front J

M
JMBIA1381GB

1. Electronic controlled engine mount 2. VIAS control solenoid valve 1 3. VIAS control solenoid valve 2 N
control solenoid valve
4. EVAP canister purge volume control
solenoid valve
O

EC-99
 VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

JMBIA1382GB

1. Electronic controlled engine mount 2. VIAS control solenoid valve 3. EVAP canister purge volume control
control solenoid valve solenoid valve

JMBIA1383ZZ

1. Intake valve timing control solenoid 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid 3. Data link connector
valve (bank 1) valve (bank 2)

JMBIA1384ZZ

1. Stop lamp switch 2. ASCD brake switch 3. Accelerator pedal position sensor

JMBIA1120ZZ

1. ASCD steering switch 2. CANCEL switch 3. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch

4. SET/COAST switch 5. MAIN switch

EC-100
 VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

EC

JMBIA1385ZZ

D
1. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 2. Fuel pressure regulator 3. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
harness connector
: Vehicle front
E
Component Description INFOID:0000000003856501

F
Component Reference
Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-304, "Description"
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC-222, "Description"
G

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-218, "Description"

Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-157, "Description" H
Mass air flow sensor EC-149, "Description"
Throttle position sensor EC-160, "Description"
Power valve 1 and 2 EC-351, "Description" I
VIAS control solenoid valve 1 EC-285, "Description"
VIAS control solenoid valve 2 EC-288, "Description"
J

EC-101
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
Diagnosis Description INFOID:0000000003856502

INTRODUCTION
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua-
tors. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including:

Emission-related diagnostic information Diagnostic service

Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Service $03 of ISO 15031-5
Freeze Frame data Service $02 of ISO 15031-5
System Readiness Test (SRT) code Service $01 of ISO 15031-5
1st Trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC) Service $07 of ISO 15031-5
1st Trip Freeze Frame data —
Test values and Test limits Service $06 of ISO 15031-5
Calibration ID Service $09 of ISO 15031-5
The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below.
×: Applicable —: Not applicable

Freeze 1st trip Freeze

DTC 1st trip DTC SRT code SRT status Test value
Frame data Frame data
CONSULT-III × × × × × × —
GST × × × — × × ×
ECM × ×* — — — × —
*: When DTC and 1st trip DTC simultaneously appear on the display, they cannot be clearly distinguished from each other.
The malfunction indicator MI on the instrument panel illuminates when the same malfunction is detected in two
consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-386, "Fail
safe".)
TWO TRIP DETECTION LOGIC
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MI will not illuminate at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in
the ECM memory, and the MI illuminates. The MI illuminates at the same time the DTC is stored. <2nd trip>
The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed during
vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to illuminate or blink the MI, and
store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.
×: Applicable —: Not applicable

MI DTC 1st trip DTC

1st trip 2nd trip 2nd trip
Items 1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip
Illuminat- Illuminat- display-
Blinking Blinking displaying displaying displaying
ed ed ing

Misfire (Possible three way catalyst

damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0306 is × — — — — — × —
being detected
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst
damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0306 is — — × — — × — —
being detected
One trip detection diagnoses (Re-
— × — — × — — —
fer to EC-389, "DTC Index".)
Except above — — — × — × × —

DTC AND FREEZE FRAME DATA

DTC and 1st Trip DTC

EC-102
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic
result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not recur, the 1st trip DTC A
will not be displayed.
If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is saved in the ECM memory. The MI will not
illuminate (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required
EC
driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the
2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are saved in the ECM memory and the MI illuminates. In other words,
the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MI illuminates when the same malfunction occurs in two con-
secutive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd C
trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or illuminate the MI during the
1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory.
Procedures for clearing the DTC and the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory are described in “How to Erase D
DTC and 1st Trip DTC”.
For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to “EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFOR-
MATION ITEMS”. These items are required by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/compo-
nent. In addition, the items monitored non-continuously are also displayed on CONSULT-III. E
1st trip DTC is specified in Service $07 of ISO 15031-5. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without illuminating the
MI and therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction. However, 1st trip DTC detection will not prevent
the vehicle from being tested, for example during Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) tests. F
When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame
data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step 2, refer to EC-7, "Work Flow". Then perform DTC Confirmation
Procedure or Component Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is duplicated,
the item requires repair. G
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant tem-
perature, short-term fuel trim, long-term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, absolute throttle position, base H
fuel schedule and intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-III or I
GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, not on the GST.
Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority
for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once J
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MI on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the fol-
lowing priorities to update the data. K

Priority Items
Freeze frame data Misfire — DTC: P0300 - P0306 L
1
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175
2 Except the above items (Includes CVT related items)
3 1st trip freeze frame data M
For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was saved in the 2nd
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal- N
function is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze O
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem-
ory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in “How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip P
DTC”.
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
With CONSULT-III
With GST
CONSULT-III or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0340, P0850, P1148, etc.
These DTCs are prescribed by ISO 15031-6.

EC-103
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
(CONSULT-III also displays the malfunctioning component or system.)
No Tools
The number of blinks of the MI in the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-Diagnostic Results) indicates the DTC.
Example: 0340, 0850, 1148, etc.
These DTCs are controlled by NISSAN.
• 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
• Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, GST or the Diagnostic Test Mode II do not indi-
cate whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to nor-
mal. CONSULT-III can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-III (if
available) is recommended.
DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunction is displayed in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode of CONSULT-III.
Time data indicates how many times the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC.
If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be [0].
If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be [1t].
How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC
With CONSULT-III
NOTE:
• If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
• If the DTC is not for CVT related items (see EC-389), skip step 1.
1. Erase DTC in TCM. Refer to TM-35, "Diagnosis Description".
2. Select “ENGINE” with CONSULT-III.
3. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
4. Touch “ERASE”. (DTC in ECM will be erased.)
WITH GST
NOTE:
• If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
1. Select Service $04 with GST (Generic Scan Tool).
No Tools
NOTE:
• If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
1. Erase DTC in ECM. Refer to How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results).
• If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be cleared within 24
hours.
• The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
- Diagnostic trouble codes
- 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
- Freeze frame data
- 1st trip freeze frame data
- System readiness test (SRT) codes
- Test values
Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all
of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures.
SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE
System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Service $01 of ISO 15031-5.
As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of
SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and com-
ponents. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed.
If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, use
the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT
status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains
“CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased.
Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's
normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items.
NOTE:

EC-104
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM mem-
ory power supply is interrupted for several hours. A
If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items, the inspector will con-
tinue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “INCMP” for one or more of the SRT items the
vehicle is returned to the customer untested.
EC
NOTE:
If MI is ON during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even
though the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items. Therefore, it is important to check SRT (“CMPLT”) and
DTC (No DTCs) before the inspection. C
SRT Item
The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
D
SRT item Performance Corresponding
Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”
(CONSULT-III indication) Priority* DTC No.
CATALYST 2 Three way catalyst function P0420, P0430 E
HO2S 2 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 P0133, P0153
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0137, P0157
F
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0138, P0158
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0139, P0159
*: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC confirmation procedure), one by one based on the priority for G
models with CONSULT-III.

SRT Set Timing

SRT is set as “CMPLT” after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is H
done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between OK and NG results and
is shown in the table below.
I
Example
Self-diagnosis result Ignition cycle
Diagnosis
← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON →
J
All OK Case 1 P0400 OK (1) — (1) OK (2) — (2)
P0402 OK (1) — (1) — (1) OK (2)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2) K
SRT of EGR “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
Case 2 P0400 OK (1) — (1) — (1) — (1)
L
P0402 — (0) — (0) OK (1) — (1)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” M
NG exists Case 3 P0400 OK OK — —
P0402 — — — —
N
NG
P1402 NG — NG (Consecutive
NG)
(1st trip) DTC O
1st trip DTC — 1st trip DTC
DTC (= MI ON)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT”
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK. P
NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG.
—: Self-diagnosis is not carried out.
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will
indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
“CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. → Case 2 above

EC-105
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses show NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indicate
“CMPLT”. → Case 3 above
The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is the number one (1)
for each self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or the number two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in
preparation for the state emissions inspection, it is unnecessary for each self-diagnosis to be executed twice
(Case 3) for the following reasons:
• The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result.
• The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results.
• During SRT driving pattern, the 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to “CMPLT” of SRT and the self-diagnosis
memory must be erased from the ECM after repair.
• If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”.
NOTE:
SRT can be set as “CMPLT” together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out
prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”.
SRT Service Procedure
If a vehicle has failed the state emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, review
the flowchart diagnostic sequence on the next figure.

PBIB2320E

*1 “How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC” *2 “How to Display SRT Status” *3 “How to Set SRT Code”

EC-106
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
How to Display SRT Status
WITH CONSULT-III A
Selecting “SRT STATUS” in “DTC CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT-III.
For items whose SRT codes are set, “CMPLT” is displayed on the CONSULT-III screen; for items whose SRT
codes are not set, “INCMP” is displayed. EC
NOTE:
Though displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, “HO2S HTR” is not SRT item.
WITH GST
Selecting Service $01 with GST (Generic Scan Tool) C

MALFUNCTION INDICATOR (MI)

Description D
The MI is located on the instrument panel.
1. The MI will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON with-
out the engine running. This is a bulb check. E
If the MI does not illuminate, check MI circuit. Refer to EC-346,
"Component Function Check".
2. When the engine is started, the MI should go off. F
If the MI remains on, the on board diagnostic system has
detected an engine system malfunction.
G
SAT652J

On Board Diagnostic System Function

The on board diagnostic system has the following three functions. H

Diagnostic Test KEY and ENG. Function Explanation of Function

Mode Status I
Mode I Ignition switch in BULB CHECK This function checks the MI bulb for damage (blown, open
ON position circuit, etc.).
If the MI does not come on, check MI circuit.
J

Engine stopped
K

Engine running MALFUNCTION When a malfunction is detected twice in two consecutive L

WARNING driving cycles (two trip detection logic), the MI will illuminate
to inform the driver that a malfunction has been detected.
The following malfunctions will illuminate or blink the MI in
the 1st trip.
M
• Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage)
• One trip detection diagnoses
Mode II Ignition switch in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC This function allows DTCs and 1st trip DTCs to be read. N
ON position RESULTS

O
Engine stopped

Diagnostic Test Mode I — Bulb Check

In this mode, the MI on the instrument panel should stay ON. If it remains OFF, check MI circuit. Refer to EC-
346, "Component Function Check".
Diagnostic Test Mode I — Malfunction Warning

EC-107
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

MI Condition
ON When the malfunction is detected.
OFF No malfunction.
This DTC number is clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)

Diagnostic Test Mode II — Self-diagnostic Results

In this mode, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MI as shown below.
The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MI does not illuminate in diagnostic test mode
I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MI illumi-
nates in diagnostic test mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS), it is a DTC; if two or more codes are dis-
played, they may be either DTCs or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These unidentified
codes can be identified by using the CONSULT-III or GST. A DTC will be used as an example for how to read
a code.

JMBIA1140GB

A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes as per the following.

Number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
Flashes 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16
The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds consisting of an ON (0.6-sec-
onds) - OFF (0.6-seconds) cycle.
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-seconds ON and 0.3-seconds OFF cycle.
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-seconds OFF.
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no mal-
function. (See EC-389, "DTC Index")
How to Switch Diagnostic Test Mode
NOTE:
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.

EC-108
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has
a malfunction. A
• ECM always returns to Diagnostic Test Mode I after the ignition switch is turned OFF.
HOW TO SET DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)
1. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
EC
2. Repeat the following procedure quickly 5 times within 5 seconds.
- Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
- Fully release the accelerator pedal.
3. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it depressed for approx. 10 seconds until the C
MI starts blinking.
NOTE:
Do not release the accelerator pedal for 10 seconds if MI starts blinking during this period. This D
blinking is displaying SRT status and is continued for another 10 seconds.
4. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results).
NOTE: E
Wait until the same DTC (or 1st trip DTC) appears to completely confirm all DTCs.

H
PBIB0092E

HOW TO ERASE DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS)

1. Set ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to “How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II
I
(Self-diagnostic Results)”.
2. Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it depressed for more than 10 seconds.
The emission-related diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM.
3. Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed. J
• If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be lost from the backup memory within 24 hours.
• Be careful not to erase the stored memory before starting trouble diagnoses.
OBD System Operation Chart K

Relationship Between MI, 1st Trip DTC, DTC, and Detectable Items
• When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are
L
stored in the ECM memory.
• When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MI will come on.
• The MI will go off after the vehicle is driven 3 times (driving pattern B) with no malfunction. A drive is counted M
only when the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs while
counting, the counter will reset.
• The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A) with-
N
out the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and Fuel Injec-
tion System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times (driving pattern
C) without the same malfunction recurring. The “TIME” in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode of CON-
SULT-III will count the number of times the vehicle is driven. O
• The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip.
Summary Chart
P
Items Fuel Injection System Misfire Other
MI (turns off) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B)
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no
80 (pattern C) 80 (pattern C) 40 (pattern A)
display)

EC-109
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Items Fuel Injection System Misfire Other
1st Trip DTC (clear) 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern B)
1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
*1, *2 *1, *2 1 (pattern B)
(clear)
For details about patterns B and C under “Fuel Injection System” and “Misfire”, see “EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR
“MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”.
For details about patterns A and B under Other, see “EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY
DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”.
*1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected.
*2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip.

Relationship Between MI, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fu-
el Injection System”

JMBIA1466GB

EC-110
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MI will turn off after vehicle is driven 3 *3: When the same malfunction is de- A
tected in two consecutive trips, MI will times (pattern B) without any mal- tected in two consecutive trips, the
illuminate. functions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip EC
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the freeze frame data will be cleared at
vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the moment OK is detected.
without the same malfunction. (The stored in ECM.
DTC and the freeze frame data still
C
remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de- *8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when ve-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip hicle is driven once (pattern C) with- D
freeze frame data will be cleared. out the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.

Explanation for Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System” E
<Driving Pattern B>
Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as per the following:
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system. F
• The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern.
• The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunction.
• The MI will turn off when the B counter reaches 3. (*2 in “OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART”)
<Driving Pattern C> G
Driving pattern C means operating vehicle as per the following:
The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ±375 rpm H
Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) x (1±0.1) [%]
Engine coolant temperature (T) condition:
• When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), T should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
• When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), T should be higher than or equal to I
70°C (158°F).
Example:
If the stored freeze frame data is as per the following: J
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80°C (176°F)
To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions:
Engine speed: 475 - 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 - 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than 70°C
(158°F) K
• The C counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of vehicle conditions above.
• The C counter will be counted up when vehicle conditions above are satisfied without the same malfunction.
• The DTC will not be displayed after C counter reaches 80. L
• The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC is
stored in ECM.
Relationship Between MI, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns Except For “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deteriora- M
tion>”, “Fuel Injection System”

EC-111
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

JMBIA1467GB

*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MI will turn off after vehicle is driven 3 *3: When the same malfunction is de-
tected in two consecutive trips, MI will times (pattern B) without any mal- tected in two consecutive trips, the
illuminate. functions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.

EC-112
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after vehi-
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the cle is driven once (pattern B) without A
vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the same malfunction.
without the same malfunction. stored in ECM.
(The DTC and the freeze frame data
still remain in ECM.) EC
*7: When the same malfunction is de-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip
freeze frame data will be cleared. C
Explanation for Driving Patterns Except for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”
<Driving Pattern A>
D

AEC574 I
• The A counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1) - (4).
• The A counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction.
• The DTC will not be displayed after the A counter reaches 40.
J
<Driving Pattern B>
Driving pattern B means operating vehicle as per the following:
All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system.
• The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern. K
• The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunctions.
• The MI will go off when the B counter reaches 3 (*2 in OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART).
CONSULT-III Function INFOID:0000000003856503
L

FUNCTION
M
Diagnostic test mode Function
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the in-
Work Support N
dications on the CONSULT-III unit.
Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data
Self-Diagnostic Result
can be read and erased quickly.*
Data Monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read. O
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-III drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also shifts
Active Test
some parameters in a specified range.
DTC & SRT Confirmation The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/results can be confirmed.
P

Function Test This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle requires periodic maintenance.
ECU Part Number ECM part number can be read.
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
• Diagnostic trouble codes
• 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
• Freeze frame data

EC-113
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
• 1st trip freeze frame data
• System readiness test (SRT) codes
• Test values

ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS/CONTROL SYSTEMS APPLICATION

DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE

SELF-DIAGNOSTIC DTC & SRT
RESULTS CONFIRMATION
Item DATA
WORK ACTIVE DTC
FREEZE MONI-
SUPPORT TEST SRT STA- WORK
DTC*1 FRAME TOR
TUS SUP-
DATA*2 PORT
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) × × ×
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) × × ×
Mass air flow sensor × ×
Engine coolant temperature sensor × × × ×
Engine oil temperature sensor ×
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 × × × ×
Heated oxygen sensor 2 × × × ×
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS

Vehicle speed signal × × ×

Accelerator pedal position sensor × ×
Throttle position sensor × × ×
Intake air temperature sensor × ×
Knock sensor ×
INPUT

Refrigerant pressure sensor ×

Closed throttle position switch (accel-
×
erator pedal position sensor signal)
Air conditioner switch ×
Park/neutral position (PNP) signal × ×
Stop lamp switch × ×
Power steering pressure sensor × ×
Battery voltage ×
Load signal ×
Primary speed sensor × ×
Battery current sensor × ×
ASCD steering switch × ×
ASCD brake switch × ×

EC-114
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE
A
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC DTC & SRT
RESULTS CONFIRMATION
Item DATA
WORK ACTIVE DTC
FREEZE MONI-
SUPPORT TEST SRT STA- WORK EC
DTC*1 FRAME TOR
TUS SUP-
DATA*2 PORT
Fuel injector × × C
Power transistor (Ignition timing) × ×
Throttle control motor relay × ×
D
Throttle control motor ×
ENGINE CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS

EVAP canister purge volume control

× × × ×
solenoid valve
E
Air conditioner relay ×
Fuel pump relay × × ×
OUTPUT

Cooling fan relay × × × F

Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater × × ×*3

Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater × × ×*3

G
Intake valve timing control solenoid
× × ×
valve
VIAS control solenoid valve 1 × × × H
VIAS control solenoid valve 2 × × ×
Electronic controlled engine mount × ×
Alternator × × I
Calculated load value × ×
X: Applicable
J
*1: This item includes 1st trip DTCs.
*2: This mode includes 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data. The items appear on CONSULT-III screen in freeze frame data
mode only if a 1st trip DTC or DTC is detected. For details, refer to EC-102, "Diagnosis Description".
*3: Always “CMPLT” is displayed.
K

WORK SUPPORT MODE

Work Item L

WORK ITEM CONDITION USAGE

FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE • FUEL PUMP WILL STOP BY TOUCHING “START” DUR- When releasing fuel pressure from M
ING IDLING. fuel line
CRANK A FEW TIMES AFTER ENGINE STALLS.
IDLE AIR VOL LEARN • THE IDLE AIR VOLUME THAT KEEPS THE ENGINE When learning the idle air volume N
WITHIN THE SPECIFIED RANGE IS MEMORIZED IN
ECM.
SELF-LEARNING CONT • THE COEFFICIENT OF SELF-LEARNING CONTROL When clearing mixture ratio self- O
MIXTURE RATIO RETURNS TO THE ORIGINAL COEF- learning value
FICIENT.
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* • IDLE CONDITION When setting target idle speed
P
TARGET IGN TIM ADJ* • IDLE CONDITION When adjusting target ignition tim-
ing
*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure.

SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE

Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-389, "DTC Index".

EC-115
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data

Freeze frame data item* Description

DIAG TROUBLE CODE • The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code that is displayed as PXXXX. (Refer
[PXXXX] to EC-389, "DTC Index".)
FUEL SYS-B1 • “Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• One of in the following mode is displayed.
Mode2: Open loop due to detected system malfunction
FUEL SYS-B2 Mode3: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enleanment)
Mode4: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control
Mode5: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop
CAL/LD VALUE [%] • The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
COOLANT TEMP [°C] or
• The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[°F]
L-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • “Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule
L-FUEL TRM-B2 [%] than short-term fuel trim.
S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • “Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel
S-FUEL TRM-B2 [%] schedule.
ENGINE SPEED [rpm] • The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
VEHICL SPEED
• The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[km/h] or [mph]
ABSOL TH·P/S [%] • The throttle valve opening angle at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
B/FUEL SCHDL [msec] • The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
INT/A TEMP SE [°C] or
• The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[°F]
INT MANI PRES [kPa]
• These items are displayed but are not applicable to this model.
COMBUST CONDITION
*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.

DATA MONITOR MODE

Monitored Item
×: Applicable
Monitored item Unit Description Remarks
• Accuracy becomes poor if engine
• Indicates the engine speed computed from the speed drops below the idle rpm.
ENG SPEED rpm signal of the crankshaft position sensor (POS) • If the signal is interrupted while the
and camshaft position sensor (PHASE). engine is running, an abnormal value
may be indicated.
• When the engine is stopped, a certain
• The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor is value is indicated.
MAS A/F SE-B1 V
displayed. • When engine is running, specification
range is indicated in “SPEC”.
• “Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel injection
• When engine is running, specification
B/FUEL SCHDL msec pulse width programmed into ECM, prior to any
range is indicated in “SPEC”.
learned on board correction.
A/F ALPHA-B1 • When the engine is stopped, a certain
value is indicated.
• The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feedback cor- • This data also includes the data for
%
A/F ALPHA-B2 rection factor per cycle is indicated. the air-fuel ratio learning control.
• When engine is running, specification
range is indicated in “SPEC”.

EC-116
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Monitored item Unit Description Remarks
A
• When the engine coolant temperature
• The engine coolant temperature (determined by sensor is open or short-circuited,
COOLAN TEMP/S °C or °F the signal voltage of the engine coolant tempera- ECM enters fail-safe mode. The en-
ture sensor) is displayed. gine coolant temperature determined EC
by the ECM is displayed.
A/F SEN1 (B1) • The A/F signal computed from the input signal of
V
A/F SEN1 (B2) the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is displayed. C
HO2S2 (B1) • The signal voltage of the heated oxygen sensor 2
V
HO2S2 (B2) is displayed.
D
HO2S2 MNTR(B1) • Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 signal:
RICH: means the amount of oxygen after three
• When the engine is stopped, a certain
RICH/LEAN way catalyst is relatively small.
HO2S2 MNTR(B2) value is indicated.
LEAN: means the amount of oxygen after three E
way catalyst is relatively large.
• The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle
VHCL SPEED SE km/h or mph speed signal sent from combination meter is dis-
played.
F
BATTERY VOLT V • The power supply voltage of ECM is displayed.
ACCEL SEN 1 • ACCEL SEN 2 signal is converted by
• The accelerator pedal position sensor signal volt- G
V ECM internally. Thus, it differs from
ACCEL SEN 2 age is displayed.
ECM terminal voltage signal.
TP SEN 1-B1 • TP SEN 2-B1 signal is converted by
• The throttle position sensor signal voltage is dis- H
V ECM internally. Thus, it differs from
TP SEN 2-B1 played.
ECM terminal voltage signal.
• The intake air temperature (determined by the
INT/A TEMP SE °C or °F signal voltage of the intake air temperature sen- I
sor) is indicated.
• Indicates start signal status [ON/OFF] computed • After starting the engine, [OFF] is dis-
START SIGNAL ON/OFF by the ECM according to the signals of engine played regardless of the starter sig- J
speed and battery voltage. nal.
• Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] computed by
CLSD THL POS ON/OFF ECM according to the accelerator pedal position
sensor signal. K
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air condition-
AIR COND SIG ON/OFF er switch as determined by the air conditioner sig-
nal. L
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the park/neu-
P/N POSI SW ON/OFF
tral position (PNP) signal.
• [ON/OFF] condition of the power steering system M
PW/ST SIGNAL ON/OFF (determined by the signal voltage of the power
steering pressure sensor) is indicated.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the electrical N
load signal.
ON: Rear window defogger switch is ON and/or
LOAD SIGNAL ON/OFF
lighting switch is in 2nd position.
OFF: Both rear window defogger switch and light- O
ing switch are OFF.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ignition switch
IGNITION SW ON/OFF
signal. P
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the heater fan
HEATER FAN SW ON/OFF
switch signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the stop lamp
BRAKE SW ON/OFF
switch signal.
INJ PULSE-B1 • Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse width
• When the engine is stopped, a certain
msec compensated by ECM according to the input sig-
INJ PULSE-B2 computed value is indicated.
nals.

EC-117
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Monitored item Unit Description Remarks
• Indicates the ignition timing computed by ECM • When the engine is stopped, a certain
IGN TIMING BTDC
according to the input signals. value is indicated.
• “Calculated load value” indicates the value of the
CAL/LD VALUE %
current air flow divided by peak air flow.
• Indicates the mass air flow computed by ECM ac-
MASS AIRFLOW g·m/s cording to the signal voltage of the mass air flow
sensor.
• Indicates the EVAP canister purge volume con-
trol solenoid valve control value computed by the
PURG VOL C/V % ECM according to the input signals.
• The opening becomes larger as the value in-
creases.
INT/V TIM (B1) • Indicates [°CA] of intake camshaft advance an-
°CA
INT/V TIM (B2) gle.

INT/V SOL-B1 • The control value of the intake valve timing con-
trol solenoid valve (determined by ECM accord-
ing to the input signals) is indicated.
INT/V SOL-B2 %
• The advance angle becomes larger as the value
increases.
• The control condition of the VIAS control solenoid
valve 1 (determined by ECM according to the in-
put signals) is indicated.
VIAS S/V-1 ON/OFF
ON: VIAS control solenoid valve 1 is operating.
OFF: VIAS control solenoid valve 1 is not operat-
ing.
• The control condition of the VIAS control solenoid
valve 2 (determined by ECM according to the in-
put signals) is indicated.
VIAS S/V-2 ON/OFF
ON: VIAS control solenoid valve 2 is operating.
OFF: VIAS control solenoid valve 2 is not operat-
ing.
• The air conditioner relay control condition (deter-
AIR COND RLY ON/OFF mined by ECM according to the input signals) is
indicated.
• The control condition of the electronic controlled
engine mount (determined by ECM according to
ENGINE MOUNT IDLE/TRVL the input signals) is indicated.
IDLE: Engine speed is below 950 rpm
TRVL: Engine speed is above 950 rpm
• Indicates the fuel pump relay control condition
FUEL PUMP RLY ON/OFF determined by ECM according to the input sig-
nals.
• The control condition of the EVAP canister vent
control valve (determined by ECM according to
VENT CONT/V* ON/OFF the input signals) is indicated.
ON: Closed
OFF: Open
• Indicates the throttle control motor relay control
THRTL RELAY ON/OFF condition determined by the ECM according to
the input signals.
• The control condition of the cooling fan (deter-
mined by ECM according to the input signals) is
indicated.
HI/MID/LOW/
COOLING FAN HI: High speed operation
OFF
MID: Middle speed operation
LOW: Low speed operation
OFF: Stop

EC-118
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Monitored item Unit Description Remarks
A
HO2S2 HTR (B1) • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated oxygen
ON/OFF sensor 2 heater determined by ECM according to
HO2S2 HTR (B2) the input signals.
• Indicates the engine speed computed from the EC
I/P PULLY SPD rpm
turbine revolution sensor signal.
• The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle
VEHICLE SPEED km/h or mph
speed signal sent from TCM is displayed. C
• Displays the condition of idle air volume learning
YET: Idle Air Volume Learning has not been per-
IDL A/V LEARN YET/CMPLT formed yet. D
CMPLT: Idle Air Volume Learning has already
been performed successfully.
• The engine oil temperature (determined by the
ENG OIL TEMP °C or °F signal voltage of the engine oil temperature sen- E
sor) is displayed.
TRVL AFTER MIL km or mile • Distance traveled while MI is activated.
A/F S1 HTR(B1) • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater control value
F
computed by ECM according to the input signals.
%
A/F S1 HTR(B2) • The current flow to the heater becomes larger as
the value increases. G
• The signal voltage from the refrigerant pressure
AC PRESS SEN V
sensor is displayed.
• The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle H
VHCL SPEED SE km/h or mph speed signal sent from combination meter is dis-
played.
SET VHCL SPD km/h or mph • The preset vehicle speed is displayed.
I
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from MAIN switch
MAIN SW ON/OFF
signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from CANCEL J
CANCEL SW ON/OFF
switch signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from RESUME/AC-
RESUME/ACC SW ON/OFF
CELERATE switch signal.
K
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from SET/COAST
SET SW ON/OFF
switch signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ASCD brake L
BRAKE SW1 ON/OFF
switch signal or ASCD clutch switch.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of stop lamp switch
BRAKE SW2 ON/OFF
signal.
M
• Indicates the vehicle cruise condition.
NON: Vehicle speed is maintained at the ASCD
set speed.
VHCL SPD CUT NON/CUT
CUT: Vehicle speed decreased to excessively N
low compared with the ASCD set speed, and
ASCD operation is cut off.
• Indicates the vehicle cruise condition.
O
NON: Vehicle speed is maintained at the ASCD
LO SPEED CUT NON/CUT set speed.
CUT: Vehicle speed decreased to excessively
low, and ASCD operation is cut off. P
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CVT O/D ac-
AT OD MONITOR ON/OFF
cording to the input signal from the TCM.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CVT O/D cancel
AT OD CANCEL ON/OFF
request signal.
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CRUISE lamp
CRUISE LAMP ON/OFF determined by the ECM according to the input
signals.

EC-119
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Monitored item Unit Description Remarks
• Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of SET lamp deter-
SET LAMP ON/OFF
mined by the ECM according to the input signals.
• The signal voltage of battery current sensor is
BAT CUR SEN mV
displayed.
• The control condition of the power generation
voltage variable control (determined by ECM ac-
cording to the input signals) is indicated.
ALT DUTY SIG ON/OFF ON: Power generation voltage variable control is
active.
OFF: Power generation voltage variable control
is inactive.
A/F ADJ-B1 • Indicates the correction of factor stored in ECM.
The factor is calculated from the difference be-
— tween the target air-fuel ratio stored in ECM and
A/F ADJ-B2 the air-fuel ratio calculated from A/F sensor 1 sig-
nal.
• Indicates the duty ratio of the power generation
ALT DUTY % command value. The ratio is calculated by ECM
based on the battery current sensor signal.
*: This item is not used on this vehicle.
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.

ACTIVE TEST MODE

Test Item

TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)

• Engine: Return to the original
• Harness and connectors
FUEL INJEC- non-standard condition If malfunctioning symptom disap-
• Fuel injector
TION • Change the amount of fuel injec- pears, see CHECK ITEM.
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
tion using CONSULT-III.
• Engine: Return to the original
non-standard condition
IGNITION TIM- If malfunctioning symptom disap-
• Timing light: Set • Perform Idle Air Volume Learning.
ING pears, see CHECK ITEM.
• Retard the ignition timing using
CONSULT-III.
• Engine: After warming up, idle the • Harness and connectors
engine. • Compression
POWER BAL- • A/C switch OFF • Fuel injector
Engine runs rough or dies.
ANCE • Selector lever: P or N • Power transistor
• Cut off each injector signal one at • Spark plug
a time using CONSULT-III. • Ignition coil
• Ignition switch: ON
• Harness and connectors
1 • Turn the cooling fan “HI”, “MID”,
COOLING FAN* Cooling fan moves and stops. • Cooling fan motor
“LOW” and “OFF” using CON-
• IPDM E/R
SULT-III.
• Engine: Return to the original • Harness and connectors
ENG COOLANT non-standard condition If malfunctioning symptom disap- • Engine coolant temperature sen-
TEMP • Change the engine coolant tem- pears, see CHECK ITEM. sor
perature using CONSULT-III. • Fuel injector
• Ignition switch: ON (Engine
stopped)
FUEL PUMP RE- Fuel pump relay makes the operat- • Harness and connectors
• Turn the fuel pump relay “ON”
LAY ing sound. • Fuel pump relay
and “OFF” using CONSULT-III
and listen to operating sound.

EC-120
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
A
• Ignition switch: ON
• Turn solenoid valve “ON” and Solenoid valve makes the operating • Harness and connectors
VIAS S/V-1
“OFF” using CONSULT-III and lis- sound. • Solenoid valve
ten to operating sound. EC
• Ignition switch: ON
• Turn solenoid valve “ON” and Solenoid valve makes the operating • Harness and connectors
VIAS S/V-2
“OFF” using CONSULT-III and lis- sound. • Solenoid valve
ten to operating sound.
C
• Ignition switch: ON
ENGINE • Turn electronic controlled engine Electronic controlled engine mount • Harness and connectors
MOUNTING mount “IDLE” and “TRVL” with makes the operating sound. • Electronic controlled engine mount D
CONSULT-III.
• Engine: After warming up, run en-
gine at 1,500 rpm. E
PURG VOL • Change the EVAP canister purge Engine speed changes according to • Harness and connectors
CONT/V volume control solenoid valve the opening percent. • Solenoid valve
opening percent using CON-
SULT-III. F
• Ignition switch: ON (Engine
VENT CON- stopped)
Solenoid valve makes an operating • Harness and connectors
• Turn solenoid valve “ON” and G
TROL/V*2 “OFF” with the CONSULT-III and
sound. • Solenoid valve
listen to operating sound.
• Engine: Return to the original
V/T ASSIGN AN- trouble condition If trouble symptom disappears, see
• Harness and connectors H
• Intake valve timing control sole-
GLE • Change intake valve timing using CHECK ITEM.
noid valve
CONSULT-III.
• Engine: Idle • Harness and connectors I
ALTERNATOR
• Change duty ratio using CON- Battery voltage changes. • IPDM E/R
DUTY
SULT-III. • Alternator
*1: Leaving cooling fan OFF with CONSULT-III while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat. J
*2: This item is not used on this vehicle.

DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODE

K
SRT STATUS Mode
For details, refer to EC-102, "Diagnosis Description".
SRT WORK SUPPORT Mode L
This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the SRT while monitoring the SRT status.
DTC WORK SUPPORT Mode
M
Test mode Test item Corresponding DTC No. Reference page
A/F SEN1(B1) P1278/P1279 P0133 EC-173
A/F SEN1(B1) P1276 P0130 EC-163
N
A/F SEN1
A/F SEN1(B2) P1288/P1289 P0153 EC-173
A/F SEN1(B2) P1286 P0150 EC-163
O
HO2S2(B1) P1146 P0138 EC-184
HO2S2(B1) P1147 P0137 EC-178
HO2S2(B1) P0139 P0139 EC-192 P
HO2S2
HO2S2(B2) P1166 P0158 EC-184
HO2S2(B2) P1167 P0157 EC-178
HO2S2(B2) P0159 P0159 EC-192

EC-121
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Diagnosis Tool Function INFOID:0000000003856504

DESCRIPTION
Generic Scan Tool (OBD II scan tool) complying with ISO 15031-5
has 8 different functions explained below.
ISO15765-4 is used as the protocol.
The name “GST” or “Generic Scan Tool” is used in this service man-
ual.

SEF139P

FUNCTION

Diagnostic Service Function

This diagnostic service gains access to current emission-related data values, including an-
Service $01 READINESS TESTS
alog inputs and outputs, digital inputs and outputs, and system status information.
This diagnostic service gains access to emission-related data value which were stored by
Service $02 (FREEZE DATA)
ECM during the freeze frame. For details, refer to EC-389, "DTC Index".
This diagnostic service gains access to emission-related power train trouble codes which
Service $03 DTCs
were stored by ECM.
This diagnostic service can clear all emission-related diagnostic information. This in-
cludes:
• Clear number of diagnostic trouble codes (Service $01)
• Clear diagnostic trouble codes (Service $03)
Service $04 CLEAR DIAG INFO
• Clear trouble code for freeze frame data (Service $01)
• Clear freeze frame data (Service $02)
• Reset status of system monitoring test (Service $01)
• Clear on board monitoring test results (Service $06 and $07)
This diagnostic service accesses the results of on board diagnostic monitoring tests of
Service $06 (ON BOARD TESTS)
specific components/systems that are not continuously monitored.
This diagnostic service enables the off board test drive to obtain test results for emission-
Service $07 (ON BOARD TESTS) related powertrain components/systems that are continuously monitored during normal
driving conditions.
Service $08 — This diagnostic service is not applicable on this vehicle.
This diagnostic service enables the off-board test device to request specific vehicle infor-
Service $09 (CALIBRATION ID)
mation such as Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) and Calibration IDs.

INSPECTION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Connect “GST” to data link connector (1), which is located under
LH dash panel.

JMBIA1389ZZ

EC-122
 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
< FUNCTION DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Enter the program according to instruction on the screen or in A
the operation manual.
(*: Regarding GST screens in this section, sample screens are
shown.) EC

SEF398S

D
5. Perform each diagnostic mode according to each service proce-
dure.
For further information, see the GST Operation Manual of
E
the tool maker.

G
SEF416S

EC-123
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
Description INFOID:0000000003856505

The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “SPEC” of “DATA MONI-
TOR” mode of CONSULT-III during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “SPEC”
in “DATA MONITOR” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one or more
malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not illuminate
the MI.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
• B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board correc-
tion)
• A/F ALPHA-B1/B2 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
• MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor)
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000003856506

1.START
Check that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
• Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles)
• Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (0.983 - 1.043 bar, 1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2, 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
• Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
• Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F)
• Transmission: Warmed-up
- After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until “FLUID TEMP SE” (CVT
fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates more than 60°C (140°F).
• Electrical load: Not applied
- Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight
ahead.
• Engine speed: Idle

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM “SPEC” OF “DATA MONITOR” MODE
With CONSULT-III
NOTE:
Perform “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform “EC-11, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement".
2. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” and “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA
MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check that monitor items are within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-125, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-124
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856507

A
OVERALL SEQUENCE

EC

P
JMBIA1468GB

EC-125
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

PBIB3214E

DETAILED PROCEDURE
1.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Confirm that the testing conditions are met. Refer to EC-124, "Component Function Check".
3. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the each
indication is within the SP value.

EC-126
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
NOTE:
Check “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” for approximately 1 minute because they may fluctuate. It is NG A
if the indication is out of the SP value even a little.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 17. EC
NO-1 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 2.
NO-2 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 3.
2.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” C
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP
value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value? D
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> More than the SP value: GO TO 19.
E
3.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP
value. F
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO-1 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 6. G
NO-2 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 25.
4.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Stop the engine. H
2. Disconnect PCV hose, and then plug it.
3. Start engine.
4. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the each I
indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 5. J
NO >> GO TO 6.
5.CHANGE ENGINE OIL
1. Stop the engine. K
2. Change engine oil.
NOTE:
This symptom may occur when a large amount of gasoline is mixed with engine oil because of driving L
conditions (such as when engine oil temperature does not rise enough since a journey distance is too
short during winter). The symptom will not be detected after changing engine oil or changing driving con-
ditions.
M

>> INSPECTION END

6.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE N
Check fuel pressure. (Refer to EC-411, "Inspection".)
Is the inspection result normal?
O
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO-1 >> Fuel pressure is too high: Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly” and then. GO TO 8.
NO-2 >> Fuel pressure is too low: GO TO 7.
P
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly” and then GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part and then GO TO 8.
8.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
EC-127
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the each
indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
2. Check that the each cylinder produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following below.
• Ignition coil and its circuit (Refer to EC-341, "Component Function Check".)
• Fuel injector and its circuit (Refer to EC-334, "Component Function Check".)
• Intake air leakage
• Low compression pressure (Refer to EM-22, "Inspection".)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace fuel injector and then GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part and then GO TO 11.
11.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the each
indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 FUNCTION
Perform all DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE related with A/F sensor 1.
• For DTC P0130, P0150, refer to EC-163, "DTC Logic".
• For DTC P0131, P0151, refer to EC-167, "DTC Logic".
• For DTC P0132, P0152, refer to EC-170, "DTC Logic".
• For DTC P0133, P0153, refer to EC-173, "DTC Logic".
• For DTC P2A00, P2A03, refer to EC-318, "DTC Logic".
Are any DTCs detected?
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> GO TO 13.
13.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT
Perform Diagnostic Procedure according to corresponding DTC.

>> GO TO 14.
14.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that each
indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 15.
15.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Stop the engine.
EC-128
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage, and then reconnect it.
A
>> GO TO 16.
16.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” EC
1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the each
indication is within the SP value.
C
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-400, "Symptom Table". D
17.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP
value. E
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO-1 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 18. F
NO-2 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 25.
18.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
G
1. Check for the cause of large engine friction. Refer to the following.
- Engine oil level is too high
- Engine oil viscosity
- Belt tension of power steering, alternator, A/C compressor, etc. is excessive H
- Noise from engine
- Noise from transmission, etc.
2. Check for the cause of insufficient combustion. Refer to the following. I
- Valve clearance malfunction
- Intake valve timing control function malfunction
- Camshaft sprocket installation malfunction, etc.
J

>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 30.

19.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM K
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element L
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 21.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 20.
20.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, AND “B/FUEL SCHDL” N
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and
check that each indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value? O
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> “B/FUEL SCHDL” is more, “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” are less than the SP value: GO TO
21. P
21.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage and
then reconnect it again.

>> GO TO 22.
EC-129
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

22.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”

1. Start engine.
2. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that each
indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> Detect malfunctioning part of mass air flow sensor circuit and repair it. Refer to EC-150, "Diagno-
sis Procedure". Then GO TO 29.
NO >> GO TO 23.
23.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1”
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP
value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 24.
NO >> More than the SP value: Replace mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 29.
24.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Refer to EC-14, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Require-
ment".

>> GO TO 29.
25.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal in air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt in air cleaner element
• Improper specification in intake air system
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 27.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 26.
26.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP
value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 27.
27.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1”
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP
value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 28.
NO >> Less than the SP value: Replace mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 30.
28.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check for the cause of air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Disconnection, looseness, and cracks in air duct
• Looseness of oil filler cap
• Disconnection of oil level gauge
• Open stuck, breakage, hose disconnection, or cracks in PCV valve
• Disconnection or cracks in EVAP purge hose, stuck open EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve
• Malfunctioning seal in rocker cover gasket
• Disconnection, looseness, or cracks in hoses, such as a vacuum hose, connecting to intake air system parts

EC-130
 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
• Malfunctioning seal in intake air system, etc.
A
>> GO TO 30.
29.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, AND “B/FUEL SCHDL” EC
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and
check that each indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value? C
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-400, "Symptom Table".
30.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” D
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and then check that the indication is within
the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value? E
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-400, "Symptom Table".
F

EC-131
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856508

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-37, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
12
F7
16
107
Ground Existed
108
E16
111
112
3. Also check harness for short to power.
is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors F121, E7
• Harness for open or short between ECM and ground

>> Repair open circuit, short to power in harness or connectors.

4.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Reconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E16 93 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• IPDM E/R connector E10
• 10A fuse (No. 44)
• Harness for open or short between ECM and fuse

EC-132
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
EC

ECM
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal C
After turning ignition switch OFF, battery
E16 105 Ground voltage will exist for a few seconds, then
drop to approximately 0 V.
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 9. E
7.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground. F

IPDM E/R
Ground Voltage G
Connector Terminal
49
F12 Ground Battery voltage
53 H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace IPDM E/R. I
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident". J

>> INSPECTION END

9.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV K

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
L

ECM
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal M
F7 24 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12. N
NO >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V
O
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
P

ECM IPDM E/R

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F7 24 F12 69 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?

EC-133
 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
11.CHECK 15A FUSE
1. Disconnect 15A fuse (No. 50) from IPDM E/R.
2. Check 15A fuse.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Replace 15A fuse.
12.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-VI
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

ECM IPDM E/R

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E16 105 E10 10 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
13.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

EC-134
 U1000, U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
U1000, U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000003856509

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856510
D

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

E
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN com-
F
U1000 munication signal of OBD (emission related diagno-
sis) for 2 seconds or more. • Harness or connectors
CAN communication
(CAN communication line is open or
line When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN com- shorted)
U1001 munication signal other than OBD (emission related G
diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds.
2. Check DTC. I
Is DTC detected?
YES >> EC-135, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END J

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856511

K
Go to LAN-14, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".

EC-135
 P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856512

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P0011 or P0021 is displayed with DTC P0075, P0081, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0075, P0081. Refer to EC-146, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
Intake valve timing • Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
P0011 control performance • Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
(bank 1) • Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
There is a gap between angle of target and • Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up
Intake valve timing phase-control angle degree. portion of the camshaft
P0021 control performance • Timing chain installation
(bank 2) • Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for in-
take valve timing control

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10 V and 16 V at
idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive seconds. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady
as possible.

VHCL SPEED SE 100 - 120 km/h (63 - 75 mph)

ENG SPEED 1,200 - 2,000 rpm
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 60°C (140°F)
B/FUEL SCHDL More than 7.3 msec
Selector lever D position
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
4. Stop vehicle with engine running and let engine idle for 10 seconds.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-137, "Diagnosis Procedure"
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
With CONSULT-III
1. Maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds.

EC-136
 P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

ENG SPEED 1,200 - 3,175 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.) A

COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F)
Selector lever 1st or 2nd position
EC
Driving vehicle uphill
Driving location uphill (Increased engine load will help maintain the driving conditions re-
quired for this test.)
C
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST D
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-137, "Diagnosis Procedure" E
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856513
F
1.CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
1. Start engine. G
2. Check oil pressure warning lamp and confirm it is not illumi-
nated.
Is oil pressure warming lamp illuminated? H
YES >> Go to LU-7, "Inspection".
NO >> GO TO 2.
I

J
PBIA8559J

2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

K
Refer to EC-138, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. L
NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
3.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Refer to EC-221, "Component Inspection". M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). N
4.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Refer to EC-224, "Component Inspection". O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning camshaft position sensor (PHASE). P
5.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE)
Check the following.

EC-137
 P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
• Accumulation of debris on the signal plate of camshaft rear end
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft.

JMBIA0058ZZ

6.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION

Check service records for any recent repairs that may cause timing chain misaligned.
Are there any service records that may cause timing chain misaligned?
YES >> Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-53, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK LUBRICATION CIRCUIT
Refer to EM-53, "Removal and Installation".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Clean lubrication line.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003856514

1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-I

1. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
2. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals as per the following.

Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 7.0 - 7.5 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
∞Ω
1 or 2 and ground
(Continuity should not exist)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-II
1. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
2. Provide 12 V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Check that the
plunger moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Never apply 12 V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more.
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve
timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control
solenoid valve is removed.
Is the inspection result normal? JMBIA0079ZZ

YES >> INSPECTION END

EC-138
 P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
A

EC

EC-139
 P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
Description INFOID:0000000003856515

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

Sensor Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine speed Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
heater control heater
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air
The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the A/F sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine operating
condition to keep the temperature of A/F sensor 1 element at the specified range.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856516

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater • Harness or connectors
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor
circuit is out of the normal range. (The A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is
P0031 1 heater (bank 1) control
(An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM open or shorted.)
circuit low
through the A/F sensor 1 heater.) • A/F sensor 1 heater
The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater • Harness or connectors
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor
circuit is out of the normal range. (The A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is
P0032 1 heater (bank 1) control
(An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM shorted.)
circuit high
through the A/F sensor 1 heater.) • A/F sensor 1 heater
The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater • Harness or connectors
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor
circuit is out of the normal range. (The A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is
P0051 1 heater (bank 2) control
(An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM open or shorted.)
circuit low
through the A/F sensor 1 heater.) • A/F sensor 1 heater
The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater • Harness or connectors
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor
circuit is out of the normal range. (The A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is
P0052 1 heater (bank 2) control
(An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM shorted.)
circuit high
through the A/F sensor 1 heater.) • A/F sensor 1 heater

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-140, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NG >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856517

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".

EC-140
 P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. A
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
EC
1. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground.
C
A/F sensor 1
DTC Ground Voltage
Bank Connector Terminal
D
P0031, P0032 1 F27 4
Ground Battery voltage
P0051, P0052 2 F64 4
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART F

Check the following.

• IPDM E/R harness connector F12 G
• 15A fuse (No. 46)
• Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse
H
>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. I
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
J
A/F sensor 1 ECM
DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
K
P0031, P0032 1 F27 3 4
F7 Existed
P0051, P0052 2 F64 3 8
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. M
5.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-142, "Component Inspection".
N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
O
6.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION: P
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.

>> INSPECTION END

EC-141
 P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Perform GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003856518

1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1

Check resistance between A/F sensor terminals as per the following.

Terminal No. Resistance

3 and 4 1.8 - 2.44 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
3 and 1, 2 ∞Ω
4 and 1, 2 (Continuity should not exist)

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any (A/F) sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new (A/F) sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxygen Sensor
Thread Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.

>> INSPECTION END

EC-142
 P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
A
Description INFOID:0000000003856519

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION EC

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) C
Engine speed
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Heated oxygen sensor 2
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature heater control
Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air D
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed,
amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature.
E
OPERATION

Engine speed Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater

F
Above 3,600 rpm OFF
Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
• Engine: After warming up G
ON
• Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856520 H

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

I
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor • Harness or connectors
Heated oxygen sensor 2
2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater J
P0037 heater (bank 1) control
(An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM circuit is open or shorted.)
circuit low
through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor • Harness or connectors
Heated oxygen sensor 2 K
2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0038 heater (bank 1) control
(An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM circuit is shorted.)
circuit high
through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor • Harness or connectors L
Heated oxygen sensor 2
2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0057 heater (bank 2) control
(An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM circuit is open or shorted.)
circuit low
through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
M
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor • Harness or connectors
Heated oxygen sensor 2
2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0058 heater (bank 2) control
(An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM circuit is shorted.)
circuit high
through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater N

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING O
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: P
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5 V and 16 V at
idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III
EC-143
 P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-144, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856521

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-37, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between HO2S2 harness connector and ground.

HO2S2
DTC Ground Voltage
Bank Connector Terminal
P0037, P0038 1 F70 2
Ground Battery voltage
P0057, P0058 2 F71 2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• IPDM E/R connector F12
• 15A fuse (No. 46)
• Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and fuse

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HO2S2 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

HO2S2 ECM
DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0037, P0038 1 F70 3 13
F7 Existed
P0057, P0058 2 F71 3 17
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.

EC-144
 P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER A

Refer to EC-145, "Component Inspection".

Is the inspection result normal? EC
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 C
Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 D
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant. E

>> INSPECTION END

7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT F
Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".

G
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003856522

H
1.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER
Check resistance between HO2S2 terminals as per the following.
I
Terminal No. Resistance
2 and 3 3.4 - 4.4 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
J
1 and 2, 3, 4 ∞Ω
4 and 1, 2, 3 (Continuity should not exist)

Is the inspection result normal? K

YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
L
2.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION: M
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant. N

>> INSPECTION END

O

EC-145
 P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Description INFOID:0000000003856523

Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF

pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM.
The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil
amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit
or stops oil flow.
The longer pulse width advances valve angle.
The shorter pulse width retards valve angle.
When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve
stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control
position.
PBIB1842E

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856524

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Intake valve timing control so- • Harness or connectors
P0075 An improper voltage is sent to the ECM
lenoid valve (bank 1) circuit (Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
through intake valve timing control solenoid
Intake valve timing control so- circuit is open or shorted.)
P0081 valve.
lenoid valve (bank 2) circuit • Intake valve timing control solenoid valve

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-146, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856525

1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between intake valve timing (IVT) control solenoid valve harness connector and ground
with CONSULT-III or tester.

IVT control solenoid valve

DTC Ground Voltage
Bank Connector Terminal
P0075 1 F81 2
Ground Battery voltage
P0081 2 F82 2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.

EC-146
 P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN A
AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
EC
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.
C
IVT control solenoid valve ECM
DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
D
P0075 1 F81 1 78
F8 Existed
P0081 2 F82 1 75
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. F
3.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-147, "Component Inspection". G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve. H
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".
I

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003857782 J

1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-I

1. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector. K
2. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals as per the following.

Terminals Resistance
L
1 and 2 7.0 - 7.5 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
∞Ω
1 or 2 and ground M
(Continuity should not exist)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. N
NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve.
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-II
1. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. O

EC-147
 P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
2. Provide 12 V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Check that the
plunger moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Never apply 12 V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more.
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve
timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control
solenoid valve is removed.
Is the inspection result normal? JMBIA0079ZZ

YES >> INSPECTION END

NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve.

EC-148
 P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
A
Description INFOID:0000000003856532

The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It EC
measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire
intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the
hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The greater air flow, the C
greater the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The D
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.

PBIA9559J E
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856533

DTC DETECTION LOGIC F

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name G
• Harness or connectors
Mass air flow sensor An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0102
circuit low input to ECM. • Intake air leaks H
• Mass air flow sensor
• Harness or connectors
Mass air flow sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
P0103 (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
circuit high input sent to ECM. I
• Mass air flow sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING J
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
K
Which DTC is detected?
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
L
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC. M
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-150, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END N
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103-I
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC. O
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-150, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 4. P

4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103-II

1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-150, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-149
 P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856534

1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the detected DTC.
Which DTC is detected?
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
Check the following for connection.
• Air duct
• Vacuum hoses
• Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Reconnect the parts.
3.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-37, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
4.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between MAF sensor harness connector and ground.

MAF sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F4 5 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E7, F121
• Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM
• Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and IPDM E/R

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

MAF sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F4 4 F8 56 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

EC-150
 P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. A
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
EC
1. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

MAF sensor ECM C

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F4 3 F8 58 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
E
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EC-151, "Component Inspection". F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor. G
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident". H

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003856535
I

1.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-I

J
With CONSULT-III
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode. K
4. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication under the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition MAS A/F SE-B1 (V) L

Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.9 - 1.2
MAS A/F SE-B1 M
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.6 - 1.9
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.2 to Approx. 2.4*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm. N
Without CONSULT-III
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. O
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

EC-151
 P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal Terminal
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4
58 56 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.9 - 1.2
F8 (MAF sen- (Sensor
sor signal) ground) 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.6 - 1.9
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.2 to Approx. 2.4*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR THE CAUSE OF UNEVEN AIR FLOW THROUGH MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system parts
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-II
With CONSULT-III
1. Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
4. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication under the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition MAS A/F SE-B1 (V)

Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.9 - 1.2
MAS A/F SE-B1
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.6 - 1.9
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.2 to Approx. 2.4*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal Terminal
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4
58 56 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.9 - 1.2
F8 (MAF sen- (Sensor
sor signal) ground) 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.6 - 1.9
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.2 to Approx. 2.4*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Is the inspection result normal?

EC-152
 P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 4. A
4.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-III
With CONSULT-III EC
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode. C
5. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication under the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition MAS A/F SE-B1 (V) D

Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.9 - 1.2
MAS A/F SE-B1 E
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.6 - 1.9
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.2 to Approx. 2.4*
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm. F
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again. G
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
H

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage (V) I
Connector
Terminal Terminal
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4
58 56 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.9 - 1.2
J
F8 (MAF sen- (Sensor
sor signal) ground) 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.6 - 1.9
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.2 to Approx. 2.4* K
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END L
NO >> Clean or replace mass air flow sensor.

EC-153
 P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
Description INFOID:0000000003856536

The intake air temperature sensor is built-into the mass air flow sen-
sor (1). The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a
signal to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases in response to the rise in temperature.

PBIA9559J

<Reference data>

Intake air temperature

Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)
[°C (°F)]
25 (77) 3.3 1.800 - 2.200
80 (176) 1.2 0.283 - 0.359
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals 50
(Intake air temperature sensor) and 56 (Sensor ground).

SEF012P

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856537

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
Intake air tempera-
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
P0112 ture sensor circuit
sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
low input
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Intake air tempera- • Intake air temperature sensor
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
P0113 ture sensor circuit
sent to ECM.
high input

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-155, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END

EC-154
 P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856538

A
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-37, "Circuit Inspection". EC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. C

2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) harness connector. D
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ground.
E
MAF sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F4 2 Ground Approx. 5 V F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G

3.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. H
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
I
MAF sensor ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F4 1 F8 56 Existed J
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
K
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR L
Refer to EC-155, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. M
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT N
Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END O

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003856539

1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR P

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
3. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor terminals as per the following.

EC-155
 P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

Terminal Condition Resistance (kΩ)

1 and 2 Temperature [°C (°F)] 25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).

EC-156
 P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
A
Description INFOID:0000000003856544

The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine EC

coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the ther- C
mistor decreases as temperature increases.

SEF594K E

<Reference data>
F
Engine coolant temperature
Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)
[°C (°F)]
–10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4 G
20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
H
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals 46
SEF012P
(Engine coolant temperature sensor) and 52 (Sensor ground).
I
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856545

DTC DETECTION LOGIC J

Trouble Diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
Name K
Engine coolant tem-
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
P0117 perature sensor cir-
sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
cuit low input
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) L
Engine coolant tem- • Engine coolant temperature sensor
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
P0118 perature sensor cir-
sent to ECM.
cuit high input
M
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at N
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

O
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. P
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-158, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END

EC-157
 P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856546

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-37, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between ECT sensor harness connector and ground.

ECT sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F80 1 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECT sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

ECT sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F80 2 F8 52 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-158, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003856547

1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor.

EC-158
 P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
4. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals as per the following. A

Terminals Condition Resistance (kΩ)

20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9 EC
1 and 2 Temperature [°C (°F)] 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END JMBIA0080ZZ
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. D

EC-159
 P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
Description INFOID:0000000003856548

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a
kind of potentiometer which transform the throttle valve position into
output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig-
nals and controls the throttle valve opening angle in response to
driving conditions via the throttle control motor.

PBIB0145E

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856549

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P0122 or P0123 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-243, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Throttle position sensor An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor • Harness or connectors
P0122
2 circuit low input 2 is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
Throttle position sensor An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor • Electric throttle control actuator
P0123 (TP sensor 2)
2 circuit high input 2 is sent to ECM.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-160, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856550

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-37, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC-160
 P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
3. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground.
A
Electric throttle control actuator
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
EC
F29 1 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. C
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. D
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector. E

Electric throttle control actuator ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F
F29 4 F8 36 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. H
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector. I

Electric throttle control actuator ECM

Continuity J
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F29 3 F8 38 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. L
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-162, "Component Inspection". M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6. N
6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace electric throttle control actuator.
2. Refer to EC-162, "Special Repair Requirement". O

>> INSPECTION END

P
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-161
 P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003856551

1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Perform EC-16, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Selector lever position is D.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal

37 (TP sensor 1 Fully released More than 0.36 V

signal) Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
36
F8 Accelerator pedal
(Sensor ground) Fully released Less than 4.75 V
38 (TP sensor 2
signal) Fully depressed More than 0.36 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace electric throttle control actuator.
2. Go to EC-162, "Special Repair Requirement".

>> INSPECTION END

Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000003856552

1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING

Refer to EC-16, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement"

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-16, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement"

>> END

EC-162
 P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
A
Description INFOID:0000000003856564

The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sen- EC
sor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an elec-
trode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor C
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current D
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocar-
bon density in rich.
JMBIA0112GB E

Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the F
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C
(1,472°F).
G

PBIB3354E

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856565

I

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

To judge malfunctions, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 sig- J
nal fluctuates according to fuel feedback control.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause K
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F
A) sensor 1 signal is constantly in a range other • Harness or connectors
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 than approx. 2.2 V. (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open
P0130 L
(bank 1) circuit or shorted.)
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F • A/F sensor 1
B)
sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 2.2 V.
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F M
A) sensor 1 signal is constantly in a range other • Harness or connectors
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 than approx. 2.2 V. (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open
P0150
(bank 2) circuit or shorted.)
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F • A/F sensor 1
B) N
sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 2.2 V.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING O

If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: P
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.

EC-163
 P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
2. Let it idle for 2 minutes.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-165, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 3.
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 7.
3.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 FUNCTION
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” indication.
Does the indication fluctuate around 2.2 V?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Go to EC-165, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B-I
1. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276” (for DTC P0130) or “A/F SEN1 (B2) P1286” (for DTC P0150) of “A/F
SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Touch “START”.
3. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen.

ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,200 rpm

VHCL SPEED SE More than 64 km/h (40 mph)
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.0 - 8.0 msec
Selector lever D position
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 20 seconds, retry from step 2.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
Is “TESTING” displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Check A/F sensor 1 function again. GO TO 3.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B-II
Release accelerator pedal fully.
NOTE:
Never apply brake when releasing the accelerator pedal.
Which does “TESTING” change to?
COMPLETED>>GO TO 6.
OUT OF CONDITION>>Retry DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. GO TO 4.
6.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B-III
Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”.
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Go to EC-165, "Diagnosis Procedure".
7.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION B
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-165, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the A/F sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-165, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-164
 P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000003856566

A
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
With GST
EC
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a few minutes in the suitable gear position.
3. Set D position, then release the accelerator pedal fully until the vehicle speed decreases to 50 km/h (31
MPH). C
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE: D
Never apply brake when releasing the accelerator pedal.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for 5 times.
5. Stop the vehicle and turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Wait at least 10 seconds and restart engine. E
7. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for 5 times.
8. Stop the vehicle and connect GST to the vehicle.
9. Check 1st trip DTC. F
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-165, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END G
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856567

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION H

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-37, "Circuit Inspection".
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
J
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. K
3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground.

A/F sensor 1 L
DTC Ground Voltage
Bank Connector Terminal
P0130 1 F27 4
Ground Battery voltage M
P0150 2 F64 4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. N
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following. O
• IPDM E/R harness connector F12
• 15A fuse (No. 46)
• Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse P

>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-165
 P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

A/F sensor 1 ECM

DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 45
P0130 1 F27
2 49
F8 Existed
1 53
P0150 2 F64
2 57
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.

A/F sensor 1 ECM

DTC Ground Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 45
P0130 1 F27
2 49
F8 Ground Not existed
1 53
P0150 2 F64
2 57
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
6.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.

>> INSPECTION END

EC-166
 P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1
A
Description INFOID:0000000003856568

The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sen- EC
sor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an elec-
trode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor C
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current D
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocar-
bon density in rich.
JMBIA0112GB E

Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the F
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C
(1,472°F).
G

PBIB3354E

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856569

I

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 J
signal is not inordinately low.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause K
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 • Harness or connectors
P0131
(bank 1) circuit low voltage • The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/ (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 F sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 0 V. shorted.) L
P0151 • A/F sensor 1
(bank 2) circuit low voltage

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

M
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. N
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle.
O
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 FUNCTION
P
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” indication.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
Is the indication constantly approx. 0 V?

EC-167
 P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
YES >> Go to EC-168, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine.
2. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
3. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive seconds.

ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,200 rpm

VHCL SPEED SE More than 40 km/h (25 mph)
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.5 - 9.0 msec
Selector lever Suitable position
NOTE:
• Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during cruising.
• If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 1, return to step
1.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-168, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856570

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-37, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground.

A/F sensor 1
DTC Ground Voltage
Bank Connector Terminal
P0131 1 F27 4
Ground Battery voltage
P0151 2 F64 4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• IPDM E/R harness connector F12
• 15A fuse (No. 46)
• Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse

>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

EC-168
 P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EC

A/F sensor 1 ECM

DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal C
1 45
P0131 1 F27
2 49
F8 Existed D
1 53
P0151 2 F64
2 57
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground. E

A/F sensor 1 ECM

DTC Ground Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F
1 45
P0131 1 F27
2 49
F8 Ground Not existed G
1 53
P0151 2 F64
2 57
5. Also check harness for short to power. H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. I
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform GI-35, "Intermittent Incident". J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. K
6.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION: L
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread M
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.

>> INSPECTION END N

EC-169
 P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1
Description INFOID:0000000003856571

The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sen-
sor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an elec-
trode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocar-
bon density in rich.
JMBIA0112GB

Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C
(1,472°F).

PBIB3354E

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856572

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1
signal is not inordinately high.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 • Harness or connectors
P0132
(bank 1) circuit high voltage • The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 5 V. shorted.)
P0152 • A/F sensor 1
(bank 2) circuit high voltage

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 FUNCTION
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” indication.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
Is the indication constantly approx. 5 V?

EC-170
 P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
YES >> Go to EC-171, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3. A
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III EC
1. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine.
2. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. C
3. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive seconds.

ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,200 rpm D

VHCL SPEED SE More than 40 km/h (25 mph)
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.5 - 9.0 msec
E
Selector lever Suitable position
NOTE:
• Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising. F
• If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 1, return to step
1.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST G
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
H
YES >> Go to EC-171, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856573
I

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-37, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. K
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
L
1. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground.
M
A/F sensor 1
DTC Ground Voltage
Bank Connector Terminal
N
P0132 1 F27 4
Ground Battery voltage
P0152 2 F64 4
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART P

Check the following.

• IPDM E/R harness connector F12
• 15A fuse (No. 46)
• Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse

>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

EC-171
 P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

A/F sensor 1 ECM

DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 45
P0132 1 F27
2 49
F8 Existed
1 53
P0152 2 F64
2 57
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.

A/F sensor 1 ECM

DTC Ground Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 45
P0132 1 F27
2 49
F8 Ground Not existed
1 53
P0152 2 F64
2 57
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
6.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.

>> INSPECTION END

EC-172
 P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
A
Description INFOID:0000000003856574

The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sen- EC
sor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an elec-
trode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor C
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current D
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocar-
bon density in rich.
JMBIA0112GB E

Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the F
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C
(1,472°F).
G

PBIB3354E

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856575

I

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

To judge the malfunction of A/F sensor 1, this diagnosis measures response time of the A/F signal computed J
by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal. The time is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel
feedback control constant, and the A/F sensor 1 temperature index. Judgment is based on whether the com-
pensated time (the A/F signal cycling time index) is inordinately long or not. K

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 • Harness or connectors L
P0133 (bank 1) circuit slow re- (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or
sponse shorted.)
• A/F sensor 1
• The response of the A/F signal computed by • A/F sensor 1 heater M
ECM from A/F sensor 1 signal takes more than • Fuel pressure
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 the specified time. • Fuel injector
P0153 (bank 2) circuit slow re- • Intake air leaks
sponse • Exhaust gas leaks N
• PCV
• Mass air flow sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE O

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at P
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
Will CONSULT-III be used?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.

EC-173
 P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I

With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Select “A/F SEN1(B1) P1278/P1279” (for DTC P0133) or “A/F SEN1(B2) P1288/P1289” (for DTC P0153)
of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
6. Touch “START”.
Is COMPLETED displayed?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
Check that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULT”.
Is OK displayed?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-175, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III
1. After perform the following procedure, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen.
- Increase the engine speed up to between 4,000 and 5,000 rpm and maintain that speed for 10 seconds.
- Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 10 seconds.
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 10 seconds, refer to EC-124, "Component Function Check".
2. Wait for about 20 seconds at idle under the condition that “TESTING” is displayed on the CONSULT-III
screen.
3. Check that “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”.
If “TESTING” changed to “OUT OF CONDITION”, refer to EC-124, "Component Function Check".
4. Check that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULT”.
Is OK displayed?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-175, "Diagnosis Procedure".
5.CHECK MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
With GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Select Service $01 with GST.
3. Calculate the total value of “Short-term fuel trim” and “Long-term fuel trim” indications.
Is the total percentage within ±15%?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Intake air leaks
• Exhaust gas leaks
• Incorrect fuel pressure
• Lack of fuel
• Fuel injector
• Incorrect PCV hose connection
• PCV valve
• Mass air flow sensor

>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

7.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-IV
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

EC-174
 P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
2. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no load.
3. Let engine idle for 1 minute. A
4. Increase the engine speed up to between 4,000 and 5,000 rpm and maintain that speed for 10 seconds.
5. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 1 minute.
6. Check 1st trip DTC.
EC
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-175, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
C
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856576

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION D

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-37, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.RETIGHTEN A/F SENSOR 1 F

Loosen and retighten the A/F sensor 1. Refer to EM-34, "Removal and Installation".
G
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
H
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).
I

K
PBIB1216E

Is exhaust gas leak detected?

L
YES >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK M
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
Is intake air leak detected?
YES >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. N
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CLEAR MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
O
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-18, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement".
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
3. Check 1st trip DTC. P
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 or P0175 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-198, "DTC Logic"
or EC-202, "DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
EC-175
 P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground.

A/F sensor 1
DTC Ground Voltage
Bank Connector Terminal
P0133 1 F27 4
Ground Battery voltage
P0153 2 F64 4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• IPDM E/R harness connector F12
• 15A fuse (No. 46)
• Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse

>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

8.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

A/F sensor 1 ECM

DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 45
P0133 1 F27
2 49
F8 Existed
1 53
P0153 2 F64
2 57
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector or ECM harness connector ground.

A/F sensor 1 ECM

DTC Ground Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 45
P0133 1 F27
2 49
F8 Ground Not existed
1 53
P0153 2 F64
2 57
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER
Refer to EC-142, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 13.
10.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Refer to EC-151, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?

EC-176
 P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor. A
11.CHECK PCV VALVE
Refer to EC-347, "Component Inspection".
EC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Repair or replace PCV valve.
C
12.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
E
13.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION: F
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant. G

>> INSPECTION END

H

EC-177
 P0137, P0157 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P0137, P0157 HO2S2
Description INFOID:0000000003856577

The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),

monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank.
Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
are shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the sig-
nal from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt-
age from approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner con-
ditions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
SEF327R

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856578

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxy-
gen storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the
longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the maximum voltage of the sensor
is sufficiently high during various driving conditions such as fuel-cut.

SEF259VA

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Heated oxygen sensor 2 • Harness or connectors
P0137 (bank 1) circuit low volt- (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
age The maximum voltage from the sensor does not • Heated oxygen sensor 2
Heated oxygen sensor 2 reach the specified voltage. • Fuel pressure
P0157 (bank 2) circuit low volt- • Fuel injector
age • Intake air leaks

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.INSPECTION START
Will CONSULT-III be used?
Will CONSULT-III be used?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30 °C (32 to 86 °F).

>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III

EC-178
 P0137, P0157 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. A
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
EC
6. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches 70°C (158°F).
7. Open engine hood.
8. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1147” (for DTC P0137) or “HO2S2 (B2) P1167” (for DTC P0157) of “HO2S2” in C
“DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
9. Follow the instruction of CONSULT-III.
NOTE: D
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed.
10. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
E
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Go to EC-180, "Diagnosis Procedure".
CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED>>GO TO 4.
F
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. G

>> GO TO 3.
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK H

Perform component function check. Refer to EC-179, "Component Function Check".

NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this I
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END J
NO >> Go to EC-180, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000003856579
K

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I

Without CONSULT-III L
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. M
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

N
ECM
DTC Connec- + – Condition Voltage
tor Terminal Terminal O
33
P0137 [HO2S2 (bank 1)
signal] 35
Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no The voltage should be above 0.68 V P
F8 (Sensor
34 load at least 10 times at least once during this procedure.
ground)
P0157 [HO2S2 (bank 2)
signal]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.

EC-179
 P0137, P0157 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II

Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

ECM
DTC Connec- + – Condition Voltage
tor Terminal Terminal
33
P0137 [HO2S2 (bank 1)
signal] 35
Keeping engine at idle for 10 min- The voltage should be above 0.68 V
F8 (Sensor
34 utes at least once during this procedure.
ground)
P0157 [HO2S2 (bank 2)
signal]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

ECM
DTC Connec- + – Condition Voltage
tor Terminal Terminal
33
P0137 [HO2S2 (bank 1)
signal] 35
Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in The voltage should be above 0.68 V
F8 (Sensor
34 D position at least once during this procedure.
ground)
P0157 [HO2S2 (bank 2)
signal]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-180, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856580

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-37, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CLEAR MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-18, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement".
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0174 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0174. Refer to EC-198, "DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.

EC-180
 P0137, P0157 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
4. Check the continuity between heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector and ECM harness
connector. A

HO2S2 ECM
DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal EC
P0137 1 F70 1
F8 35 Existed
P0157 2 F71 1
C
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. D
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
E
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

HO2S2 ECM
DTC Continuity F
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0137 1 F70 4 33
F8 Existed
P0157 2 F71 4 34 G
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.
H
HO2S2 ECM
DTC Ground Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0137 1 F70 4 33 I
F8 Ground Not existed
P0157 2 F71 4 34
3. Also check harness for short to power.
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
K
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EC-182, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 M

Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.

CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 N
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant. O

>> INSPECTION END

7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT P

Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-181
 P0137, P0157 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003856581

1.INSPECTION START
Will CONSULT-III be used?
Will CONSULT-III be used?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” as the monitor item
with CONSULT-III.
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.

PBIB3458E

“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be above 0.68 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-I
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
33
[HO2S2 (bank 1) The voltage should be above 0.68 V at
signal] 35
Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least once during this procedure.
F8 (Sensor
34 least 10 times The voltage should be below 0.18 V at
ground)
[HO2S2 (bank 2) least once during this procedure.
signal]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-II
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
EC-182
 P0137, P0157 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

ECM A
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
EC
33
[HO2S2 (bank 1) The voltage should be above 0.68 V at
signal] 35
least once during this procedure.
F8 (Sensor Keeping engine at idle for 10 minutes C
34 The voltage should be below 0.18 V at
ground)
[HO2S2 (bank 2) least once during this procedure.
signal]
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
E
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-III
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
F
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector G
Terminal Terminal
33
[HO2S2 (bank 1) The voltage should be above 0.68 V at
signal] 35 H
Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D po- least once during this procedure.
F8 (Sensor
34 sition The voltage should be below 0.18 V at
ground)
[HO2S2 (bank 2) least once during this procedure.
signal] I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6. J
6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. K
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread L
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.

>> INSPECTION END M

EC-183
 P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P0138, P0158 HO2S2
Description INFOID:0000000003856582

The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),

monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank.
Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
are shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the sig-
nal from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt-
age from approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner con-
ditions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
SEF327R

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856583

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/
F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the longer switching
time.
MALFUNCTION A
To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors
whether the voltage is unusually high during various driving condi-
tions such as fuel cut.

PBIB1848E

MALFUNCTION B
To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors
whether the minimum voltage of sensor is sufficiently low during var-
ious driving conditions such as fuel cut.

PBIB2376E

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
An excessively high voltage from the sen-
A) (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
sor is sent to ECM.
• Heated oxygen sensor 2
Heated oxygen sensor 2
P0138 (bank 1) circuit high volt- • Harness or connectors
age (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
The minimum voltage from the sensor is
B) • Heated oxygen sensor 2
not reached to the specified voltage.
• Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector

EC-184
 P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
A
• Harness or connectors
An excessively high voltage from the sen-
A) (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
sor is sent to ECM.
• Heated oxygen sensor 2
Heated oxygen sensor 2
• Harness or connectors EC
P0158 (bank 2) circuit high volt-
age (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
The minimum voltage from the sensor is
B) • Heated oxygen sensor 2
not reached to the specified voltage.
• Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
C

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING D

If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
E

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A F
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. G
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-187, "Diagnosis Procedure". H
NO-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 3.
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 5.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B I
NOTE:
For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30 °C (32 to 86 °F).
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. J
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. K
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches 70°C (158°F).
7. Open engine hood. L
8. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1146” (for DTC P0138) or “HO2S2 (B2) P1166” (for DTC P0158) of “HO2S2” in
“DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
9. Follow the instruction of CONSULT-III. M
NOTE:
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed.
10. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
N
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Go to EC-187, "Diagnosis Procedure".
CON NOT BE DIAGNOSED>>GO TO 4. O
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B AGAIN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle). P
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again.

>> GO TO 3.
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION B
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-186, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:

EC-185
 P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Use component function check to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-187, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000003856584

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I

Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

ECM
DTC Connec- + – Condition Voltage
tor Terminal Terminal
33
P0138 [HO2S2 (bank 1)
signal] 35
Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no The voltage should be below 0.18 V
F8 (Sensor
34 load at least 10 times at least once during this procedure.
ground)
P0158 [HO2S2 (bank 2)
signal]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

ECM
DTC Connec- + – Condition Voltage
tor Terminal Terminal
33
P0138 [HO2S2 (bank 1)
signal] 35
Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 The voltage should be below 0.18 V
F8 (Sensor
34 minutes at least once during this procedure.
ground)
P0158 [HO2S2 (bank 2)
signal]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

EC-186
 P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

ECM A
DTC Connec- + – Condition Voltage
tor Terminal Terminal
EC
33
P0138 [HO2S2 (bank 1)
signal] 35
Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D The voltage should be below 0.18 V
F8 (Sensor C
34 position at least once during this procedure.
ground)
P0158 [HO2S2 (bank 2)
signal]
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-187, "Diagnosis Procedure".
E
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856585

1.INSPECTION START F
Confirm the detected malfunction (A or B). Refer to EC-184, "DTC Logic".
Which malfunction is detected?
A >> GO TO 2. G
B >> GO TO 9.
2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-37, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
I
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT J
1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector and ECM harness K
connector.

HO2S2 ECM L
DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0138 1 F70 1
F8 35 Existed M
P0158 2 F71 1
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT O
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

HO2S2 ECM
P
DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0138 1 F70 4 33
F8 Existed
P0158 2 F71 4 34
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.

EC-187
 P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

HO2S2 ECM
DTC Ground Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0138 1 F70 4 33
F8 Ground Not existed
P0158 2 F71 4 34
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK HO2S2 CONNECTOR FOR WATER
Check connectors for water.

Water should not exist.

Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
6.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EC-190, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.

>> INSPECTION END

8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

9.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-37, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
10.CLEAR MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-18, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement".
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 or P0175 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-202, "DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
EC-188
 P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector. A
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EC
HO2S2 ECM
DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0138 1 F70 1 C
F8 35 Existed
P0158 2 F71 1
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. E
12.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
F
HO2S2 ECM
DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
G
P0138 1 F70 4 33
F8 Existed
P0158 2 F71 4 34
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground. H

HO2S2 ECM
DTC Ground Continuity I
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0138 1 F70 4 33
F8 Ground Not existed
P0158 2 F71 4 34 J
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13. K
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
13.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 L
Refer to EC-190, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15. M
NO >> GO TO 14.
14.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. N
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. O
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.
P
>> INSPECTION END
15.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-189
 P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003856586

1.INSPECTION START
Will CONSULT-III be used?
Will CONSULT-III be used?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” as the monitor item
with CONSULT-III.
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.

PBIB3458E

“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be above 0.68 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-I
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
33
[HO2S2 (bank 1) The voltage should be above 0.68 V at
signal] 35
Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least once during this procedure.
F8 (Sensor
34 least 10 times The voltage should be below 0.18 V at
ground)
[HO2S2 (bank 2) least once during this procedure.
signal]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-II
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
EC-190
 P0138, P0158 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

ECM A
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
EC
33
[HO2S2 (bank 1) The voltage should be above 0.68 V at
signal] 35
least once during this procedure.
F8 (Sensor Keeping engine at idle for 10 minutes C
34 The voltage should be below 0.18 V at
ground)
[HO2S2 (bank 2) least once during this procedure.
signal]
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
E
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-III
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
F
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector G
Terminal Terminal
33
[HO2S2 (bank 1) The voltage should be above 0.68 V at
signal] 35 H
Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D po- least once during this procedure.
F8 (Sensor
34 sition The voltage should be below 0.18 V at
ground)
[HO2S2 (bank 2) least once during this procedure.
signal] I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6. J
6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. K
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread L
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.

>> INSPECTION END M

EC-191
 P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P0139, P0159 HO2S2
Description INFOID:0000000003856587

The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),

monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank.
Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
are shifted, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the sig-
nal from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt-
age from approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner con-
ditions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
SEF327R

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856588

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxy-
gen storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the
longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the switching response of the sen-
sor's voltage is faster than specified during various driving conditions
such as fuel cut.

SEF302U

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Heated oxygen sensor 2 • Harness or connectors
P0139 (bank 1) circuit slow re- (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
sponse It takes more time for the sensor to respond be- • Heated oxygen sensor 2
Heated oxygen sensor 2 tween rich and lean than the specified time. • Fuel pressure
P0159 (bank 2) circuit slow re- • Fuel injector
sponse • Intake air leaks

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.INSPECTION START
Will CONSULT-III be used?
Will CONSULT-III be used?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30 °C (32 to 86 °F).

>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III

EC-192
 P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. A
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
EC
6. Open engine hood.
7. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P0139” or “HO2S2 (B2) P0159” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with
CONSULT-III.
8. Follow the instruction of CONSULT-III. C
NOTE:
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed.
9. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. D
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Go to EC-194, "Diagnosis Procedure". E
CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED>>GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle). F
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again.

>> GO TO 3. G
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-193, "Component Function Check". H
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-194, "Diagnosis Procedure".
J
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000003856589

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I K

Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. L
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions. M

ECM
DTC Connec- + – Condition Voltage N
tor Terminal Terminal
33
P0139 [HO2S2 (bank 1) O
signal] 35 A change of voltage should be more
Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no
F8 (Sensor than 0.12 V for 1 second during this
34 load at least 10 times
ground) procedure.
P0159 [HO2S2 (bank 2) P
signal]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

EC-193
 P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
.

ECM
DTC Connec- + – Condition Voltage
tor Terminal Terminal
33
P0139 [HO2S2 (bank 1)
signal] 35 A change of voltage should be more
F8 (Sensor Keeping engine at idle for 10 minutes than 0.12 V for 1 second during this
34 ground) procedure.
P0159 [HO2S2 (bank 2)
signal]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

ECM
DTC Connec- + – Condition Voltage
tor Terminal Terminal
33
P0139 [HO2S2 (bank 1)
signal] 35 A change of voltage should be more
Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in
F8 (Sensor than 0.12 V for 1 second during this
34 D position
ground) procedure.
P0159 [HO2S2 (bank 2)
signal]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-194, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856590

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-37, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CLEAR MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-18, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement".
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 or P0175 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-198, "DTC Logic"
or EC-202, "DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector and ECM harness
connector.

EC-194
 P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

HO2S2 ECM A
DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0139 1 F70 1
F8 35 Existed EC
P0159 2 F71 1
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT D

1. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
E
HO2S2 ECM
DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0139 1 F70 4 33 F
F8 Existed
P0159 2 F71 4 34
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.
G

HO2S2 ECM
DTC Ground Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal H
P0139 1 F70 4 33
F8 Ground Not existed
P0159 2 F71 4 34
I
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. J
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Refer to EC-195, "Component Inspection". K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6. L
6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. M
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread N
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.

>> INSPECTION END O

7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident". P

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003856591

1.INSPECTION START
Will CONSULT-III be used?
EC-195
 P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Will CONSULT-III be used?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” as the monitor item
with CONSULT-III.
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%.

PBIB3458E

“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be above 0.68 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%.
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-I
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
33
[HO2S2 (bank 1) The voltage should be above 0.68 V at
signal] 35
Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least once during this procedure.
F8 (Sensor
34 least 10 times The voltage should be below 0.18 V at
ground)
[HO2S2 (bank 2) least once during this procedure.
signal]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-II
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

EC-196
 P0139, P0159 HO2S2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

ECM A
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
EC
33
[HO2S2 (bank 1) The voltage should be above 0.68 V at
signal] 35
least once during this procedure.
F8 (Sensor Keeping engine at idle for 10 minutes C
34 The voltage should be below 0.18 V at
ground)
[HO2S2 (bank 2) least once during this procedure.
signal]
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 5.
E
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-III
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
F
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector G
Terminal Terminal
33
[HO2S2 (bank 1) The voltage should be above 0.68 V at
signal] 35 H
Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D po- least once during this procedure.
F8 (Sensor
34 sition The voltage should be below 0.18 V at
ground)
[HO2S2 (bank 2) least once during this procedure.
signal] I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 6. J
6.REPLACE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. K
CAUTION:
• Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7
in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread L
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.

>> INSPECTION END M

EC-197
 P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856592

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from A/F sensor 1. The ECM calculates
the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (the actual mixture ratio is too lean), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and illuminates the MI (2 trip detection
logic).

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
A/F sensor 1 Fuel injection control Fuel injector
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Fuel injection system too • Intake air leaks
P0171
lean (bank 1) • A/F sensor 1
• Fuel injector
• Fuel injection system does not operate properly.
• Exhaust gas leaks
• The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too
Fuel injection system too • Incorrect fuel pressure
P0174 large. (The mixture ratio is too lean.)
lean (bank 2) • Lack of fuel
• Mass air flow sensor
• Incorrect PCV hose connection

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-18, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement".
2. Start engine.
Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.RESTART ENGINE
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too.
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
NOTE:
• When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the
engine. Do not depress accelerator pedal too much.
Does engine start?
YES >> Go to EC-199, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Check exhaust and intake air leak visually.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Keep engine idle for at least 10 minutes.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-199, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 5.

EC-198
 P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Start engine and drive the vehicle under similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for 10 minutes.
Refer to the table below.
EC
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
Similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data mean that the following conditions should be satisfied at
the same time.
C
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F), D
T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F).
Engine coolant temperature (T) condition
When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F). E
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
F
YES >> Go to EC-199, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856593 G

1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK

1. Start engine and run it at idle. H
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).

K
PBIB1216E

Is exhaust gas leak detected?

YES >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. L
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
M
1. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
2. Check PCV hose connection.
Is intake air leak detected?
N
YES >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT O
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector. P
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-199
 P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

A/F sensor 1 ECM

DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 45
P0171 1 F27
2 49
F8 Existed
1 53
P0174 2 F64
2 57
5. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.

A/F sensor 1 ECM

DTC Ground Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 45
P0171 1 F27
2 49
F8 Ground Not existed
1 53
P0174 2 F64
2 57
6. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-411, "Inspection".
2. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-411, "Inspection".

At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.50 bar, 3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)

Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
6.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
With CONSULT-III
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
For specification, refer to EC-414, "Mass Air Flow Sensor".
With GST
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST.
For specification, refer to EC-414, "Mass Air Flow Sensor".
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
ground. Refer to EC-150, "Diagnosis Procedure".
7.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.

EC-200
 P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
3. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
With GST A
1. Let engine idle.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
Is the inspection result normal? EC
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR, refer to
EC-334, "Diagnosis Procedure". C

PBIB3332E

8.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR E

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
3. Disconnect all fuel injector harness connectors. F
4. Remove fuel tube assembly. Refer to EM-44, "Removal and Installation".
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube.
5. For DTC P0171, reconnect fuel injector harness connectors on bank 1. G
For DTC P0174, reconnect fuel injector harness connectors on bank 2.
6. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
7. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injector.
8. Crank engine for about 3 seconds. H
For DTC P0171, check that fuel sprays out from fuel injectors on bank 1.
For DTC P0174, check that fuel sprays out from fuel injectors on bank 2.
I
Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each fuel injector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. J
NO >> Replace fuel injectors from which fuel does not spray out. Always replace O-ring with new ones.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT K
Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END L

EC-201
 P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856594

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from A/F sensor 1. The ECM calculates
the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (the actual mixture ratio is too rich), the ECM
judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and illuminates the MI (2 trip detection logic).

Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
A/F sensor 1 Fuel injection control Fuel injector
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Fuel injection system too • A/F sensor 1
P0172
rich (bank 1) • Fuel injection system does not operate properly. • Fuel injector
• The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too • Exhaust gas leaks
Fuel injection system too large. (The mixture ratio is too rich.) • Incorrect fuel pressure
P0175
rich (bank 2) • Mass air flow sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-18, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement".
2. Start engine.
Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.RESTART ENGINE
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too.
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
NOTE:
• When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the
engine. Do not depress accelerator pedal too much.
Does engine start?
YES >> Go to EC-203, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Remove spark plugs and check for fouling, etc.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Keep engine idle for at least 10 minutes.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-203, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

EC-202
 P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
2. Start engine and drive the vehicle under similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for 10 minutes.
Refer to the table below. A
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
Similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data mean that the following conditions should be satisfied at
the same time.
EC
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
C
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F).
Engine coolant temperature (T) condition
When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
D
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F).
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? E
YES >> Go to EC-203, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856595
F

1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK

G
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).

J
PBIB1216E

Is exhaust gas leak detected?

K
YES >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK L
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
Is intake air leak detected?
YES >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. M
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
N
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector. O

A/F sensor 1 ECM

DTC Continuity P
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 45
P0172 1 F27
2 49
F8 Existed
1 53
P0175 2 F64
2 57
5. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.

EC-203
 P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

A/F sensor 1 ECM

DTC Ground Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 45
P0172 1 F27
2 49
F8 Ground Not existed
1 53
P0175 2 F64
2 57
6. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-411, "Inspection".
2. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-411, "Inspection".

At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.50 bar, 3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)

Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”.
5.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
With CONSULT-III
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
For specification, refer to EC-414, "Mass Air Flow Sensor".
With GST
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in “Service $01” with GST.
For specification, refer to EC-414, "Mass Air Flow Sensor".
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
ground. Refer to EC-150, "Diagnosis Procedure".
6.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
With GST
1. Let engine idle.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR, refer to
EC-334, "Diagnosis Procedure".

PBIB3332E

7.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR

1. Remove fuel injector assembly. Refer to EM-44, "Removal and Installation".
EC-204
 P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube.
2. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle. A
3. Disconnect all fuel injector harness connectors.
4. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
5. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injector.
EC
6. Crank engine for about 3 seconds.
Check the fuel does not drip from fuel injector.
Is the inspection result normal?
C
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace the fuel injectors from which fuel is dripping. Always replace O-ring with new one.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT D
Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END E

EC-205
 P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
Description INFOID:0000000003857789

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a
kind of potentiometer which transform the throttle valve position into
output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig-
nals and controls the throttle valve opening angle in response to
driving conditions via the throttle control motor.

PBIB0145E

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856613

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P0222 or P0223 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-243, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Throttle position sensor An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor • Harness or connectors
P0222
1 circuit low input 1 is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
Throttle position sensor An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor • Electric throttle control actuator
P0223 (TP sensor 1)
1 circuit high input 1 is sent to ECM.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-206, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856614

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-37, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC-206
 P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
3. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground.
A
Electric throttle control actuator
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
EC
F29 1 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. C
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. D
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator and ECM harness connector.
E
Electric throttle control actuator ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F
F29 4 F8 36 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT H

1. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator and ECM harness connector.
I
Electric throttle control actuator ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F29 2 F8 37 Existed J
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
K
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR L
Refer to EC-207, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. M
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
N
1. Replace electric throttle control actuator.
2. Refer to EC-208, "Special Repair Requirement".

O
>> INSPECTION END
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident". P

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003857982

1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

EC-207
 P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Perform EC-16, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Selector lever position is D.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal

37 (TP sensor 1 Fully released More than 0.36 V

signal) Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
36
F8 Accelerator pedal
(Sensor ground) Fully released Less than 4.75 V
38 (TP sensor 2
signal) Fully depressed More than 0.36 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace electric throttle control actuator.
2. Go to EC-162, "Special Repair Requirement".

>> INSPECTION END

Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000003857985

1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING

Refer to EC-16, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement"

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-16, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement"

>> END

EC-208
 P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856617

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crank-
shaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.
C
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed On board diagnosis of misfire
The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions. D
1. One Trip Detection Logic (Three Way Catalyst Damage)
On the 1st trip that a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst (TWC) due to over-
heating, the MI will blink. E
When a misfire condition occurs, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor signal every 200 engine revolutions
for a change.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MI will turn off.
F
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC on a second trip, the MI will blink.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MI will remain on.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC, the MI will begin to blink again.
2. Two Trip Detection Logic (Exhaust quality deterioration) G
For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MI will only light
when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor
signal every 1,000 engine revolutions. H
A misfire malfunction can be detected in any one cylinder or in multiple cylinders.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause I
P0300 Multiple cylinder misfires detected Multiple cylinder misfire. • Improper spark plug
• Insufficient compression
P0301 No.1 cylinder misfire detected No. 1 cylinder misfires.
• Incorrect fuel pressure J
P0302 No. 2 cylinder misfire detected No. 2 cylinder misfires. • The fuel injector circuit is open or shorted
• Fuel injector
P0303 No. 3 cylinder misfire detected No. 3 cylinder misfires.
• Intake air leak
P0304 No. 4 cylinder misfire detected No. 4 cylinder misfires. • The ignition signal circuit is open or shorted K
P0305 No. 5 cylinder misfire detected No. 5 cylinder misfires. • Lack of fuel
• Signal plate
• A/F sensor 1
P0306 No. 6 cylinder misfire detected No. 6 cylinder misfires.
• Incorrect PCV hose connection L

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING M
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
N
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I O
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Restart engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes. P
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-210, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.

EC-209
 P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
2. Start engine and drive the vehicle under similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain
time. Refer to the table below.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.
Similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data mean that the following conditions should be satisfied at
the same time.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when
driving.

Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70 °C (158 °F),
Engine coolant temperature (T) T should be lower than 70 °C (158 °F).
condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70 °C (158 °F).
Driving time varies according to the engine speed in the freeze frame data.

Engine speed Time

Around 1,000 rpm Approximately 10 minutes
Around 2,000 rpm Approximately 5 minutes
More than 3,000 rpm Approximately 3.5 minutes
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-210, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856618

1.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE

1. Start engine and run it at idle speed.
2. Listen for the sound of the intake air leak.
3. Check PCV hose connection.
Is intake air leak detected?
YES >> Discover air leak location and repair.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR EXHAUST SYSTEM CLOGGING
Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 3.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
3.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR
1. Start engine and let it idle.

EC-210
 P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
2. Listen to each fuel injector operation.
A
Clicking sound should be heard.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5. EC
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR, refer to
EC-334, "Diagnosis Procedure".
C

PBIB3332E

5.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-I D

CAUTION:
Perform the following procedure in a place with no combustible objects and good ventilation.
E
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure.
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following pro- F
cedure.
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it 2 or 3 times to release all fuel pressure. G
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils.
7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked.
8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder. H
9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.
10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 -
0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal I
portion as shown in the figure.
11. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and check whether spark is
generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal por-
tion. J

Spark should be generated.

K
CAUTION:
• Never place to the spark plug and the ignition coil within
50 cm (19.7 in) each other. Be careful not to get an electri- JMBIA0066GB

cal shock while checking, because the electrical dis- L

charge voltage becomes 20 kV or more.
• It might damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is made.
NOTE: M
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), a spark might be generated even if the coil is a malfunc-
tioning.
Is the inspection result normal?
N
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-II O
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect spark plug and connect a non-malfunctioning spark plug.
3. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and P
the grounded metal portion.

Spark should be generated.

Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-341, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-211
 P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

7.CHECK SPARK PLUG

Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For
spark plug type, refer to EM-136, "Spark Plug".
NO >> Repair or clean spark plug. Then GO TO 8.

SEF156I

8.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-III

1. Reconnect the initial spark plugs.
2. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and
the grounded portion.

Spark should be generated.

Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to EM-136, "Spark
Plug".
9.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE
Check compression pressure. Refer to EM-22, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets.
10.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-411, "Inspection".
3. Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-411, "Inspection".

At idle: Approximately 350 kPa (3.50 bar, 3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)

Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 11.
11.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
12.CHECK IGNITION TIMING
Check idle speed and ignition timing.
For procedure, refer to EC-11, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement".
For specification, refer to EC-414, "Idle Speed" and EC-414, "Ignition Timing".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Follow the EC-11, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement".
13.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

EC-212
 P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
2. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector. A
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

A/F sensor 1 ECM EC

Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 45
1 F27 C
2 49
F8 Existed
1 53
2 F64
2 57 D
5. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.

A/F sensor 1 ECM E

Ground Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 45
1 F27 F
2 49
F8 Ground Not existed
1 53
2 F64
2 57 G
6. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
H
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
14.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER I
Refer to EC-142, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 15. J
NO >> Replace (malfunctioning) A/F sensor 1.
15.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
K
With CONSULT-III
1. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. For specification, refer to EC-414, "Mass Air Flow Sensor".
L
With GST
1. Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST.
2. For specification, refer to EC-414, "Mass Air Flow Sensor".
Is the measurement value within the specification? M
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
ground. Refer to EC-150, "Diagnosis Procedure". N
16.CHECK SYMPTOM TABLE
Check items on the rough idle symptom in EC-400, "Symptom Table". O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. P
17.ERASE THE 1ST TRIP DTC
Some tests may cause a 1st trip DTC to be set.
Erase the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory after performing the tests. Refer to EC-102, "Diagnosis Descrip-
tion".

>> GO TO 18.

EC-213
 P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

18.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-214
 P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS
A
Description INFOID:0000000003856619

The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine knocking using a piezoelectric element. A EC
knocking vibration from the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is converted into a
voltage signal and sent to the ECM.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856620 C

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

D
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detected condition Possible cause
name
Knock sensor (bank 1) An excessively low voltage from the sensor is E
P0327
circuit low input sent to ECM.
Knock sensor (bank 1) An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
P0328 • Harness or connectors
circuit high input sent to ECM.
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) F
Knock sensor (bank 2) An excessively low voltage from the sensor is • Knock sensor
P0332
circuit low input sent to ECM.
Knock sensor (bank 2) An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
P0333 G
circuit high input sent to ECM.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

H
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. I
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.
J
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. K
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-215, "Diagnosis Procedure". L
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856621
M
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. N
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-37, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. O
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. P
2. Check the continuity between knock sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-215
 P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

Knock sensor ECM

DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0327, P0328 1 F201 2
F8 67 Existed
P0332, P0333 2 F202 2
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors F204, F91 (VQ25DE engine)
• Harness connectors F200, F78 (VQ35DE engine)
• Harness for open or short between knock sensor and ECM

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between knock sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Knock sensor ECM

DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0327, P0328 1 F201 1 61
F8 Existed
P0332, P0333 2 F202 1 62
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors F204, F91 (VQ25DE engine)
• Harness connectors F200, F78 (VQ35DE engine)
• Harness for open or short between knock sensor and ECM

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR
Refer to EC-216, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning knock sensor.
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003856622

1.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.

EC-216
 P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
3. Check resistance between knock sensor terminal as per the following.
NOTE: A
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ.

Terminals Resistance EC
1 and 2 Approx. 532 - 588 kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)]
CAUTION:
Never use any knock sensors that have been dropped or physically damaged. Use only new ones. C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning knock sensor. D

EC-217
 P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
Description INFOID:0000000003856623

The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the oil pan facing
the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate. It detects the fluctuation of
the engine revolution.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth
cause the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor
changes.
The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of
JMBIA0062ZZ
the engine revolution.
ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure.

JMBIA0001GB

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856624

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
• The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal
[CKP sensor (POS) circuit is open or
is not detected by the ECM during the first
shorted.]
few seconds of engine cranking.
(APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
• The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft
Crankshaft position sen- (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
P0335 position sensor (POS) is not sent to ECM
sor (POS) circuit shorted.)
while the engine is running.
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
is not in the normal pattern during engine run-
• Refrigerant pressure sensor
ning.
• Signal plate

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with igni-
tion switch ON.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 2 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?

EC-218
 P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
YES >> Go to EC-219, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END A
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856625

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION EC

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-37, "Circuit Inspection".
C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
D
2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. E
3. Check the voltage between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ground.

CKP sensor (POS) F

Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
F20 1 Ground Approx. 5
G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 3.
H
3.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. I
3. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ECM harness connector.

CKP sensor (POS) ECM J

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F20 1 F8 76 Existed
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit. L
4.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
M
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
N
72 Refrigerant pressure sensor E300 1
F8
76 CKP sensor (POS) F20 1
E16 87 APP sensor E110 5 O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. P
5.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-348, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning components.

EC-219
 P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

6.CHECK APP SENSOR

Refer to EC-306, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Refer to EC-306, "Special Repair Requirement".

>> INSPECTION END

8.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ECM harness connector.

CKP sensor (POS) ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F20 2 F8 60 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ECM harness connector.

CKP sensor (POS) ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F20 3 F8 65 Existed

Continuity should exist.

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
10.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Refer to EC-221, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS).
11.CHECK GEAR TOOTH
Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Replace the signal plate.
12.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".

EC-220
 P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
>> INSPECTION END
A
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003856626

1.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)-I EC

1. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
2. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connector.
3. Remove the sensor.
4. Visually check the sensor for chipping. C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
D
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS)

F
JMBIA0063ZZ

2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)-II

Check resistance crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminals as per the following. G

Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance

1 (+) - 2 (-)
H
1 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or ∞Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
2 (+) - 3 (-)
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS) J

EC-221
 P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
Description INFOID:0000000003856627

The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the retraction of

camshaft (INT) to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft position
sensor (PHASE) senses the piston position.
When the crankshaft position sensor (POS) system becomes inoper-
ative, the camshaft position sensor (PHASE) provides various con-
trols of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification
signals.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause
the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
JMBIA0064ZZ
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes.
ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure.

JMBIA0001GB

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856628

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P0340 or P0345 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-243, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Camshaft position sen- • Harness or connectors
P0340 sor (PHASE) (bank 1) (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
circuit • Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
• Camshaft (INT)
• The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM for
• Starter motor [VQ25DE engine (Refer to
the first few seconds during engine cranking.
STR-5)]
• The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM
• Starter motor [VQ35DE engine (Refer to
Camshaft position sen- during engine running.
STR-6)]
P0345 sor (PHASE) (bank 2) • The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal
• Starting system circuit [VQ25DE engine (Re-
circuit pattern during engine running.
fer to STR-5.)]
• Starting system circuit [VQ35DE engine (Re-
fer to STR-6.)]
• Dead (Weak) battery

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with igni-
tion switch ON.

EC-222
 P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I A

1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.

If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 2 seconds.
EC
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-223, "Diagnosis Procedure".
C
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
1. Maintaining engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds. D
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-223, "Diagnosis Procedure". E
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856629
F
1.CHECK STARTING SYSTEM
Turn ignition switch to START position. G
Does the engine turn over? Does the starter motor operate?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check starting system. (Refer to STR-2, "Work Flow".) H
2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-37, "Circuit Inspection". I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection. J

3.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE) harness connector. K
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ground
L
CMP sensor (PHASE)
DTC Ground Voltage (V)
Bank Connector Terminal
P0340 1 F26 1 M
Ground Approx. 5
P0345 2 F69 1
Is the inspection result normal?
N
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT O
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ECM harness connector. P

CMP sensor (PHASE) ECM

DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0340 1 F26 2 64
F8 Existed
P0345 2 F69 2 68
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
EC-223
 P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ECM harness connector.

CMP sensor (PHASE) ECM

DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
P0340 1 F26 3 70
F8 Existed
P0345 2 F69 3 69
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Refer to EC-224, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
7.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INT)
Check the following.
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft.

JMBIA0058ZZ

8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003856630

1.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
3. Disconnect camshaft position sensor (PHASE) harness connector.
4. Remove the sensor.

EC-224
 P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
5. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
Is the inspection result normal? A
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning camshaft position sensor
(PHASE). EC

JMBIA0065ZZ

2.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)-II D

Check resistance camshaft position sensor (PHASE) terminals as per the following.
E
Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance
1 (+) - 2 (-)
1 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or ∞Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] F
2 (+) - 3 (-)
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning camshaft position sensor (PHASE).
H

EC-225
 P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856631

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor 2.
A three way catalyst (manifold) with high oxygen storage capacity
will indicate a low switching frequency of heated oxygen sensor 2.
As oxygen storage capacity decreases, the heated oxygen sensor 2
switching frequency will increase.
When the frequency ratio of A/F sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor
2 approaches a specified limit value, the three way catalyst (mani-
fold) malfunction is diagnosed.

PBIB2055E

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Catalyst system efficien- • Three way catalyst (manifold)
P0420 cy below threshold • Exhaust tube
• Three way catalyst (manifold) does not oper-
(bank 1) • Intake air leaks
ate properly.
• Fuel injector
Catalyst system efficien- • Three way catalyst (manifold) does not have
• Fuel injector leaks
P0430 cy below threshold enough oxygen storage capacity.
• Spark plug
(bank 2) • Improper ignition timing

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.INSPECTION START
Will CONSULT-III be used?
Will CONSULT-III be used?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 7.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below.

>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
5. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
6. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F).
7. Open engine hood.
8. Select “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” then “SRT WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
9. Rev engine between 2,000 and 3,000 rpm and hold it for 3 consecutive minutes then release the acceler-
ator pedal completely.
10. Check the indication of “CATALYST”.
Which is displayed on CONSULT-III screen?

EC-226
 P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
CMPLT >> GO TO 6.
INCMP >> GO TO 4. A
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
1. Wait 5 seconds at idle.
2. Rev engine between 2,000 and 3,000 rpm and maintain it until “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to EC
“CMPLT” (It will take approximately 5 minutes).
Does the indication change to “CMPLT”?
C
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN D
1. Stop engine and cool it down to less than 70°C (158°F).
2. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again.
E
>> GO TO 3.
6.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III
F
Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-228, "Diagnosis Procedure". G
NO >> INSPECTION END
7.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-227, "Component Function Check". H
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (manifold). During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-228, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000003856632

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK K

Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
L
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
5. Open engine hood. M
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

ECM N
DTC Connec- + – Condition Voltage (V)
tor Terminal Terminal
O
33
P0420 [HO2S2 (bank 1) The voltage fluctuation cycle takes
signal] 35
Keeping engine speed at 2,500 rpm more than 5 seconds.
F8 (Sensor
34 constant under no load • 1 cycle: 0.6 - 1.0 → 0 - 0.3 → 0.6 - P
ground)
P0430 [HO2S2 (bank 2) 1.0
signal]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-228, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-227
 P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856633

1.CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM

Visually check exhaust tubes and muffler for dents.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before the three way catalyst (manifold).

PBIB1216E

Is exhaust gas leak detected?

YES >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
Is intake air leak detected?
YES >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK IGNITION TIMING
Check idle speed and ignition timing.
For procedure, refer to EC-11, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement".
For specification, refer to EC-414, "Ignition Timing".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Follow the EC-11, "BASIC INSPECTION : Special Repair Requirement".
5.CHECK FUEL INJECTORS
1. Stop engine and then turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
1
3
29
F7 Ground Battery voltage
30
31
32
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Perform EC-334, "Diagnosis Procedure".

EC-228
 P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

6.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-I A

CAUTION:
Perform the following procedure in a place with no combustible objects and good ventilation.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
EC
2. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure.
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following pro-
cedure. C
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it 2 or 3 times to release all fuel pressure.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF.
D
6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils.
7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked.
8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil. E
10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 -
0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal
portion as shown in the figure. F
11. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and check whether spark is
generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal por-
tion.
G
Spark should be generated.
CAUTION:
• Never place to the spark plug and the ignition coil within H
50 cm (19.7 in) each other. Be careful not to get an electri- JMBIA0066GB

cal shock while checking, because the electrical dis-

charge voltage becomes 20 kV or more. I
• It might damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is made.
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), a spark might be generated even if the coil is a malfunc-
J
tioning.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
K
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
2. Disconnect spark plug and connect a non-malfunctioning spark plug.
3. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and
the grounded metal portion. M

Spark should be generated.

Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuit. Refer to EC-341, "Diagnosis Procedure".
8.CHECK SPARK PLUG O

EC-229
 P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For
spark plug type, refer to EM-136, "Spark Plug".
NO >> Repair or clean spark plug. Then GO TO 9.

SEF156I

9.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-III

1. Reconnect the initial spark plugs.
2. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and
the grounded portion.

Spark should be generated.

Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to EM-136, "Spark
Plug".
10.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove fuel injector assembly.
Refer to EM-44, "Removal and Installation".
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube.
3. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
4. Reconnect all fuel injector harness connectors disconnected.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
Check the fuel does not drip from fuel injector.
Does fuel drip from fuel injector?
YES >> Replace the fuel injector(s) from which fuel is dripping.
NO >> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result norma?
YES >> Replace three way catalyst assembly.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connector.

EC-230
 P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
A
Description INFOID:0000000003856644

The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is used to EC

control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve is moved by ON/OFF
pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the greater the
amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve. C

PBIB3489E E
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856645

DTC DETECTION LOGIC F

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors G
EVAP canister purge volume (The solenoid valve circuit is open or
An excessively low voltage signal is sent
P0444 control solenoid valve circuit shorted.)
to ECM through the valve
open • EVAP canister purge volume control so- H
lenoid valve

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CONDITIONING I

If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
J
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.

K
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 13 seconds. L
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-231, "Diagnosis Procedure". M
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856646
N
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. O
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ground. P

EVAP canister purge volume control

solenoid valve Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F30 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
EC-231
 P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors F121, E7
• Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R
• Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ECM harness connector.

EVAP canister purge volume con-

ECM
trol solenoid valve Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F30 2 F7 25 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 4.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
With CONSULT-III
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine.
3. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed var-
ies according to the valve opening.
Does engine speed vary according to the valve opening?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-232, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003856647

1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.

EC-232
 P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. A
6. Touch “Qd” and “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to adjust “PURG
VOL CONT/V” opening and check air passage continuity of
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the
EC
following conditions.

Condition Air passage continuity

(PURG VOL CONT/V value) between (A) and (B) C
100% Existed
0% Not existed
D
PBIB2058E

Without CONSULT-III E
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
4. Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume F
control solenoid valve under the following conditions.

Air passage continuity G

Condition
between (A) and (B)
12 V direct current supply between
Existed H
terminals 1 and 2
No supply Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
I
YES >> INSPECTION END PBIB2059E

NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid

valve
J

EC-233
 P0500 VSS
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P0500 VSS
Description INFOID:0000000003856685

The vehicle speed signal is sent to the combination meter from the “ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit)” by CAN communication line. The combination meter then sends a signal to the ECM by CAN communi-
cation line.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856686

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-135, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
to EC-242, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or short-
ed)
The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) signal from • Harness or connectors
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor vehicle speed signal is sent to ECM even (The vehicle speed signal circuit is open or
when vehicle is being driven. shorted)
• Wheel sensor
• Combination meter
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.INSPECTION START
Will CONSULT-III be used?
Will CONSULT-III be used?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine (VDC switch OFF).
2. Read “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. The vehicle speed on CON-
SULT-III should exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Go to EC-235, "Diagnosis Procedure".
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Warm engine up to normal operating temperature.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 50 consecutive seconds.
CAUTION:

EC-234
 P0500 VSS
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
A
ENG SPEED 1,600 - 6,000 rpm
COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F)
EC
B/FUEL SCHDL 5.5 - 31.8 msec
Selector lever Except P or N position
PW/ST SIGNAL OFF C
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-235, "Diagnosis Procedure". D
NO >> INSPECTION END
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK E
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-235, "Component Function Check".
Use component function check to check the overall function of the vehicle speed signal circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-235, "Diagnosis Procedure".
G
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000003856687

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK H

With GST
1. Lift up drive wheels.
2. Start engine. I
3. Read vehicle speed signal in Service $01 with GST.
The vehicle speed signal on GST should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with
suitable gear position. J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-235, "Diagnosis Procedure". K
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856688

1.CHECK DTC WITH “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)” L

Refer to BRC-80, "CONSULT-III Function".

Is the inspection result normal?
M
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER FUNCTION N
Refer to MWI-33, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)".

>> INSPECTION END O

EC-235
 P0550 PSP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P0550 PSP SENSOR
Description INFOID:0000000003856695

Power steering pressure (PSP) sensor is installed to the power steering high-pressure tube and detects a
power steering load.
This sensor is a potentiometer which transforms the power steering load into output voltage, and emits the
voltage signal to the ECM. The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator and adjusts the throttle valve
opening angle to increase the engine speed and adjusts the idle speed for the increased load.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856696

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P0550 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to
EC-243, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
Power steering pressure An excessively low or high voltage from the
P0550 (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
sensor circuit sensor is sent to ECM.
• Power steering pressure sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-236, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856697

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-37, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK PSP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect power steering pressure (PSP) sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between PSP sensor harness connector and ground.

PSP sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F62 3 Ground Approx. 5 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
EC-236
 P0550 PSP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

3.CHECK PSP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between PSP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EC

PSP sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal C
F62 1 F8 48 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground short to power in harness or connectors.
E
4.CHECK PSP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between PSP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
F
PSP sensor ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F62 2 F8 41 Existed
G

2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.

Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK PSP SENSOR I
Refer to EC-237, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
J
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace PSP sensor.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT K
Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END L

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003856698

M
1.CHECK POWER STEERING PRESSURE SENSOR
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Start engine and let it idle. N
3. Check the voltage between ECM terminals under the following conditions.

ECM O
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
41 Steering wheel: Being turned. 0.5 - 4.5 V P
48
F8 (Power steering pressure
(Sensor ground) Steering wheel: Not being turned. 0.4 - 0.8 V
sensor signal)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace power steering pressure sensor.

EC-237
 P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY
Description INFOID:0000000003856699

Battery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignition switch
is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTC memory, the
air-fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory, the idle air vol-
ume learning value memory, etc.

PBIA9222J

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856700

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
ECM power supply cir- ECM back up RAM system does not function [ECM power supply (back up) circuit is
P0603
cuit properly. open or shorted.]
• ECM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn it ON.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for 4 times.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-238, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856701

1.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F8 77 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
EC-238
 P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A

Check the following.
• 15A fuse (No.50)
• IPDM E/R harness connector F12
EC
• Harness for open or short between ECM and battery

>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

C
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
E
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC. F
3. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE.
See EC-238, "DTC Logic".
Is the 1st trip DTC P0603 displayed again?
G
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> INSPECTION END
5.REPLACE ECM H
1. Replace ECM.
2. Go to EC-14, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Require-
ment". I

>> INSPECTION END

J

EC-239
 P0605 ECM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P0605 ECM
Description INFOID:0000000003856702

The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal

input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine.

PBIA9222J

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856703

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
A) ECM calculation function is a malfunctioning.
P0605 Engine control module B) ECM EEP-ROM system is a malfunctioning. • ECM
C) ECM self shut-off function is a malfunctioning.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-241, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn it ON.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-241, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn it ON.
3. Repeat step 2 for 32 times.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-241, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END

EC-240
 P0605 ECM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856704

A
1.INSPECTION START
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC. EC
3. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE.
See EC-240, "DTC Logic".
Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again? C
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> INSPECTION END
2.REPLACE ECM D

1. Replace ECM.
2. Go to EC-14, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Require-
E
ment".

>> INSPECTION END

F

EC-241
 P0607 ECM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P0607 ECM
Description INFOID:0000000003856705

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856706

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
When detecting error during the initial diagno-
P0607 CAN communication bus • ECM
sis of CAN controller of ECM.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-242, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856707

1.INSPECTION START
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE.
See EC-242, "DTC Logic".
4. Check DTC.
Is the DTC P0607 displayed again?
Yes >> GO TO 2.
No >> INSPECTION END
2.REPLACE ECM
1. Replace ECM.
2. Go to EC-14, "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Require-
ment".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-242
 P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856708

DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name C
• Harness or connectors
(APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.)
(TP sensor circuit is shorted.) D
[CMP sensor (PHASE) circuit is shorted.)
(PSP sensor circuit is shorted.)
Sensor power supply ECM detects that the voltage of power
P0643 (Battery current sensor circuit is shorted.)
circuit short source for sensor is excessively low or high.
• Accelerator pedal position sensor E
• Throttle position sensor
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
• Power steering pressure sensor
• Battery current sensor F

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING G
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: H
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2. I
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON. J
2. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
3. Check DTC
Is DTC detected? K
YES >> Go to EC-243, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856709 L

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-37, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. N
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT O
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.
P

APP sensor
Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
E110 4 Ground Approx. 5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.

EC-243
 P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.

ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
47 TP sensor F29 1
51 Battery current sensor F76 1
F8 55 PSP sensor F62 3
59 CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 1) F26 1
63 CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) F69 1
E16 83 APP sensor E110 4
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (Refer to EC-224, "Component Inspection".)
• Battery current sensor (Refer to EC-259, "Component Inspection".)
• Power steering pressure sensor (Refer to EC-237, "Component Inspection".)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.
5.CHECK TP SENSOR
Refer to EC-162, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace electric throttle control actuator.
2. Go to EC-162, "Special Repair Requirement".

>> INSPECTION END

7.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-306, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Go to EC-306, "Special Repair Requirement".

>> INSPECTION END

9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-244
 P0850 PNP SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P0850 PNP SWITCH
A
Description INFOID:0000000003856710

When the selector lever position is P or N, park/neutral position (PNP) signal from the TCM (VQ35DE engine) EC
or park/neutral position (PNP) switch (VQ25DE engine) is sent to ECM.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856711

C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause D
• Harness or connectors
[The park/neutral position (PNP) signal
The signal of the park/neutral position (PNP)
Park/neutral position circuit is open or shorted.] E
P0850 signal does not change during driving after the
switch • TCM (VQ35DE engine)
engine is started.
• Park/neutral position (PNP) switch
(VQ25DE engine)
F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.INSPECTION START G
Will CONSULT-III be used?
Will CONSULT-III be used?
YES >> GO TO 2. H
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at I
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

J
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK PNP SIGNAL
With CONSULT-III K
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Then check the “P/N POSI SW” sig-
nal under the following conditions. L

Position (Selector lever) Known-good signal

N or P position ON M
Except above position OFF
Is the inspection result normal?
N
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO-1 >> VQ35DE engine: Go to EC-246, "Diagnosis Procedure (VQ35DE engine)".
NO-2 >> VQ25DE engine: Go to EC-247, "Diagnosis Procedure (VQ25DE engine)".
O
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. P
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 50 consecutive seconds.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.

ENG SPEED 1,100 - 6,375 rpm

COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F)

EC-245
 P0850 PNP SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
B/FUEL SCHDL 4.0 - 31.8 msec
VHCL SPEED SE More than 64 km/h (40 mph)
Selector lever Suitable position
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES-1 >> VQ35DE engine: Go to EC-246, "Diagnosis Procedure (VQ35DE engine)".
YES-2 >> VQ25DE engine: Go to EC-247, "Diagnosis Procedure (VQ25DE engine)".
NO >> INSPECTION END
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-246, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) signal circuit.
During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO-1 >> VQ35DE engine: Go to EC-246, "Diagnosis Procedure (VQ35DE engine)".
NO-2 >> VQ25DE engine: Go to EC-247, "Diagnosis Procedure (VQ25DE engine)".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000003856712

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
Ground Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
P or N Battery voltage
E16 102 Ground Selector lever
Except above Approx. 0 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO-1 >> VQ35DE engine: Go to EC-246, "Diagnosis Procedure (VQ35DE engine)".
NO-2 >> VQ25DE engine: Go to EC-247, "Diagnosis Procedure (VQ25DE engine)".
Diagnosis Procedure (VQ35DE engine) INFOID:0000000003856713

1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM

Refer to EC-389, "DTC Index".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
2.CHECK STARTING SYSTEM
Turn ignition switch OFF, then turn it to START.
Does starter motor operate?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Refer to BCS-16, "COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)".
3.CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect TCM harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between TCM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

EC-246
 P0850 PNP SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

TCM IPDM E/R A

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F23 20 F12 72 Existed
EC
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. C
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK PNP SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II
D
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connectors.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
E
ECM IPDM E/R
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F
E16 102 E10 30 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT H

Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".

I
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
Diagnosis Procedure (VQ25DE engine) INFOID:0000000003891373
J
1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM
Refer to EC-389, "DTC Index".
K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
L
2.CHECK STARTING SYSTEM
Turn ignition switch OFF, then turn it to START.
Does starter motor operate? M
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Refer to BCS-16, "COMMON ITEM : CONSULT-III Function (BCM - COMMON ITEM)".
3.CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I N

1. Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON.

2. Check the voltage between Park/neutral position switch harness connector and ground.
O

Park/neutral position switch

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal P
F57 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
EC-247
 P0850 PNP SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Check the following.
• IPDM E/R connector F12
• 10A fuse (No. 42)
• Harness for open or short between Park/neutral position switch and fuse

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect Park/neutral position switch harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between Park/neutral position switch and IPDM E/R harness connector.

Park/neutral position switch IPDM E/R

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F57 2 F12 72 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK PNP SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connectors.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

ECM IPDM E/R

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E16 102 E10 30 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
Refer to TM-214, "Component Inspection (Park/Neutral Position Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace Park/neutral position switch.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".

>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

EC-248
 P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
A
Description INFOID:0000000003856715

This CAN communication line is used to control the smooth engine operation during the TCS operation. Pulse EC
signals are exchanged between ECM and “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for “ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)” but also for ECM after TCS related repair.
C
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856716

DTC DETECTION LOGIC D

NOTE:
• If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-135, "DTC Logic".
E
• If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
to EC-242, "DTC Logic".
Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis.
F
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
ECM cannot receive the information from (The CAN communication line is open or short- G
P1212 TCS communication line “ABS actuator and electric unit (control ed.)
unit)” continuously. • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Dead (Weak) battery
H
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PRECONDITIONING I
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: J
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2. K
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. L
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-249, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END M

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856717

Go to BRC-62, "Work Flow". N

EC-249
 P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856718

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC U1000 or U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-135, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
to EC-242, "DTC Logic".
If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise.
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is
indicated.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
• Cooling fan does not operate properly (Over- (The cooling fan circuit is open or short-
heat). ed.)
• Cooling fan system does not operate proper- • IPDM E/R (Cooling fan relays)
Engine over tempera- ly (Overheat). • Cooling fan motor
P1217
ture (Overheat) • Engine coolant was not added to the system • Radiator hose
using the proper filling method. • Radiator
• Engine coolant is not within the specified • Radiator cap
range. • Water pump
• Thermostat
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, always replace the coolant. Refer to CO-8, "Draining". Also, replace
the engine oil. Refer to LU-8, "Draining".
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Always use
coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-12, "Engine Coolant Mixture Ratio".
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-250, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might
not be confirmed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-251, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000003856719

1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I

WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pres-
sure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.

EC-250
 P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level. A
Is the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator below the
proper range?
YES >> Go to EC-251, "Diagnosis Procedure". EC
NO >> GO TO 2.

SEF621W

2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II D

Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not.

Did customer fill the coolant? E
YES >> Go to EC-251, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III F
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. G
3. Check that cooling fan motors-1 and -2 operate at each speed (LOW/MID/HI).
Without CONSULT-III
Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motors operation, refer to PCS-11, "Diagnosis H
Description".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END I
NO >> Go to EC-251, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856720
J
1.CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION
With CONSULT-III K
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check that cooling fans-1 and -2 operate at each speed (LOW/MID/HI).
L
Without CONSULT-III
1. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motors operation, refer to PCS-11, "Diagnosis
Description".
2. Check that cooling fans-1 and -2 operate at each speed (Low/Middle/High). M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Go to EC-324, "Diagnosis Procedure". N

2.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK-I

Check cooling system for leak. Refer to CO-8, "Inspection". O
Is leakage detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4. P
3.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK-II
Check the following for leak.
• Hose
• Radiator
• Water pump

EC-251
 P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
4.CHECK RADIATOR CAP
Check radiator cap. Refer to CO-12, "RADIATOR CAP : Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace radiator cap.
5.CHECK THERMOSTAT
Check thermostat. Refer to CO-24, "Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace thermostat
6.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Refer to EC-158, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
7.CHECK MAIN 12 CAUSES
If the cause cannot be isolated, check the following.

Engine Step Inspection item Equipment Standard Reference page

OFF 1 • Blocked radiator • Visual No blocking —
• Blocked condenser
• Blocked radiator grille
• Blocked bumper
2 • Coolant mixture • Coolant tester MA-11, "Fluids and Lubricants"
3 • Coolant level • Visual Coolant up to MAX level in CO-8, "Inspection"
reservoir tank and radiator
filler neck
4 • Radiator cap • Pressure tester CO-12, "RADIATOR CAP : Inspection"

ON*2 5 • Coolant leaks • Visual No leaks CO-8, "Inspection"

ON*2 6 • Thermostat • Touch the upper and Both hoses should be hot CO-24, "Inspection"
lower radiator hoses

ON*1 7 • Cooling fan • CONSULT-III Operating EC-324, "Component

Function Check"
OFF 8 • Combustion gas leak • Color checker chemical Negative —
tester 4 Gas analyzer

ON*3 9 • Coolant temperature • Visual Gauge less than 3/4 when —

gauge driving
• Coolant overflow to res- • Visual No overflow during driving CO-8, "Inspection"
ervoir tank and idling

OFF*4 10 • Coolant return from res- • Visual Should be initial level in CO-8, "Inspection"
ervoir tank to radiator reservoir tank
OFF 11 • Cylinder head • Straight gauge feeler 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maxi- EM-104, "Inspection"
gauge mum distortion (warping)
12 • Cylinder block and pis- • Visual No scuffing on cylinder EM-119, "Inspection"
tons walls or piston
*1: Turn the ignition switch ON.
*2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes.
*3: Drive at 90 km/h (56 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes.
*4: After 60 minutes of cool down time.
For more information, refer to CO-3, "Troubleshooting Chart".

EC-252
 P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

>> INSPECTION END A

EC

EC-253
 P1225 TP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P1225 TP SENSOR
Description INFOID:0000000003857978

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a
kind of potentiometer which transform the throttle valve position into
output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig-
nals and controls the throttle valve opening angle in response to
driving conditions via the throttle control motor.

PBIB0145E

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856722

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Closed throttle position Closed throttle position learning value is exces- • Electric throttle control actuator
P1225
learning performance sively low. (TP sensor 1 and 2)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-254, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856723

1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove the intake air duct.

EC-254
 P1225 TP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1)
and the housing. A

2: Electric throttle control actuator

Is the inspection result normal? EC
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside. C

JMBIA1390ZZ

2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR D

1. Replace electric throttle control actuator.

2. Go to EC-255, "Special Repair Requirement".
E

>> INSPECTION END

Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000003858124
F

1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING

G
Refer to EC-16, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement"

>> GO TO 2. H
2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-16, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement"
I
>> END
J

EC-255
 P1226 TP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P1226 TP SENSOR
Description INFOID:0000000003857979

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor,

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a
kind of potentiometer which transform the throttle valve position into
output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig-
nals and controls the throttle valve opening angle in response to
driving conditions via the throttle control motor.

PBIB0145E

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856726

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Closed throttle position Closed throttle position learning is not per- • Electric throttle control actuator
P1226
learning performance formed successfully, repeatedly. (TP sensor 1 and 2)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for 32 times.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-256, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003858130

1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove the intake air duct.

EC-256
 P1226 TP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1)
and the housing. A

2: Electric throttle control actuator

Is the inspection result normal? EC
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside. C

JMBIA1390ZZ

2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR D

1. Replace electric throttle control actuator.

2. Go to EC-255, "Special Repair Requirement".
E

>> INSPECTION END

Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000003858125
F

1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING

G
Refer to EC-16, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement"

>> GO TO 2. H
2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-16, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement"
I
>> END
J

EC-257
 P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
Description INFOID:0000000003856732

The power generation voltage variable control enables fuel consumption to be decreased by reducing the
engine load which is caused by the power generation of the generator. The battery current sensor is installed
to the battery cable at the negative terminal. The sensor measures the charging/discharging current of the bat-
tery. Based on the sensor signal, ECM judges whether or not the power generation voltage variable control is
performed. When performing the power generation voltage variable control, ECM calculates the target power
generation voltage based on the sensor signal. And ECM sends the calculated value as the power generation
command value to IPDM E/R. For the details of the power generation voltage variable control, refer to CHG-5,
"System Description".
CAUTION:
Never connect the electrical component or the ground wire directly to the battery terminal. The con-
nection causes the malfunction of the power generation voltage variable control, and then the battery
discharge may occur.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856733

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P1550 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to
EC-243, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
The output voltage of the battery current • Harness or connectors
Battery current sensor circuit
P1550 sensor remains within the specified (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
range/performance
range while engine is running. • Battery current sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and at wait
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-258, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856734

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-37, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect battery current sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between battery current sensor harness connector and ground.
EC-258
 P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

Battery current sensor A

Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
F76 1 Ground Approx. 5
EC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. C
3.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. D
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Battery current sensor ECM E

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F76 2 F8 44 Existed
F
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. G
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
H
1. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Battery current sensor ECM

Continuity I
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F76 3 F8 42 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K

5.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR

Refer to EC-259, "Component Inspection". L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly. M
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".
N

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003856735 O

1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. P
2. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.

EC-259
 P1550 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
3. Disconnect battery negative cable (1).

: Vehicle front
: To body ground

4. Install jumper cable (A) between battery negative terminal and

body ground.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
under the following conditions.
ALBIA0076ZZ

ECM
+ – Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal Terminal
42
44
F8 (Battery current Approx. 2.5
(Sensor ground)
sensor signal)
Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-3, "How to Handle Battery".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.

EC-260
 P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
A
Description INFOID:0000000003858133

The power generation voltage variable control enables fuel consumption to be decreased by reducing the EC
engine load which is caused by the power generation of the generator. The battery current sensor is installed
to the battery cable at the negative terminal. The sensor measures the charging/discharging current of the bat-
tery. Based on the sensor signal, ECM judges whether or not the power generation voltage variable control is
performed. When performing the power generation voltage variable control, ECM calculates the target power C
generation voltage based on the sensor signal. And ECM sends the calculated value as the power generation
command value to IPDM E/R. For the details of the power generation voltage variable control, refer to CHG-5,
"System Description". D
CAUTION:
Never connect the electrical component or the ground wire directly to the battery terminal. The con-
nection causes the malfunction of the power generation voltage variable control, and then the battery
discharge may occur. E

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856737

F
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:
If DTC P1551 or P1552 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
G
Refer to EC-243, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
H
Battery current sensor circuit An excessively low voltage from the sen-
P1551 • Harness or connectors
low input sor is sent to ECM.
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
Battery current sensor circuit An excessively high voltage from the sen- • Battery current sensor
P1552 I
high input sor is sent to ECM.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING J

If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: K
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V with ignition
switch ON
L
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE M
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? N
YES >> Go to EC-261, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003858135 O

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. P
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-37, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
EC-261
 P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
1. Disconnect battery current sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between battery current sensor harness connector and ground.

Battery current sensor

Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
F76 1 Ground Approx. 5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Battery current sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F76 2 F8 44 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Battery current sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F76 3 F8 42 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
Refer to EC-262, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003858134

1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.

EC-262
 P1551, P1552 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
3. Disconnect battery negative cable (1).
A
: Vehicle front
: To body ground
EC
4. Install jumper cable (A) between battery negative terminal and
body ground.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals C
under the following conditions.
ALBIA0076ZZ

ECM D
+ – Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal Terminal
E
42
44
F8 (Battery current Approx. 2.5
(Sensor ground)
sensor signal)
Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-3, "How to Handle Battery".
F

Is the inspection result normal?

YES >> INSPECTION END G
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.

EC-263
 P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
Description INFOID:0000000003858136

The power generation voltage variable control enables fuel consumption to be decreased by reducing the
engine load which is caused by the power generation of the generator. The battery current sensor is installed
to the battery cable at the negative terminal. The sensor measures the charging/discharging current of the bat-
tery. Based on the sensor signal, ECM judges whether or not the power generation voltage variable control is
performed. When performing the power generation voltage variable control, ECM calculates the target power
generation voltage based on the sensor signal. And ECM sends the calculated value as the power generation
command value to IPDM E/R. For the details of the power generation voltage variable control, refer to CHG-5,
"System Description".
CAUTION:
Never connect the electrical component or the ground wire directly to the battery terminal. The con-
nection causes the malfunction of the power generation voltage variable control, and then the battery
discharge may occur.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856741

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P1553 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to
EC-243, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
The signal voltage transmitted from the • Harness or connectors
Battery current sensor perfor-
P1553 sensor to ECM is higher than the amount (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
mance
of the maximum power generation. • Battery current sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-264, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003858137

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-37, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect battery current sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between battery current sensor harness connector and ground.
EC-264
 P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

Battery current sensor A

Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
F76 1 Ground Approx. 5
EC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. C
3.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. D
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Battery current sensor ECM E

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F76 2 F8 44 Existed
F
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. G
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
H
1. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Battery current sensor ECM

Continuity I
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F76 3 F8 42 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K

5.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR

Refer to EC-265, "Component Inspection". L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly. M
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".
N

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003858138 O

1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. P
2. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.

EC-265
 P1553 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
3. Disconnect battery negative cable (1).

: Vehicle front
: To body ground

4. Install jumper cable (A) between battery negative terminal and

body ground.
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
under the following conditions.
ALBIA0076ZZ

ECM
+ – Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal Terminal
42
44
F8 (Battery current Approx. 2.5
(Sensor ground)
sensor signal)
Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-3, "How to Handle Battery".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.

EC-266
 P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
A
Description INFOID:0000000003858139

The power generation voltage variable control enables fuel consumption to be decreased by reducing the EC
engine load which is caused by the power generation of the generator. The battery current sensor is installed
to the battery cable at the negative terminal. The sensor measures the charging/discharging current of the bat-
tery. Based on the sensor signal, ECM judges whether or not the power generation voltage variable control is
performed. When performing the power generation voltage variable control, ECM calculates the target power C
generation voltage based on the sensor signal. And ECM sends the calculated value as the power generation
command value to IPDM E/R. For the details of the power generation voltage variable control, refer to CHG-5,
"System Description". D
CAUTION:
Never connect the electrical component or the ground wire directly to the battery terminal. The con-
nection causes the malfunction of the power generation voltage variable control, and then the battery
discharge may occur. E

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856745

F
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:
If DTC P1554 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to
G
EC-243, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
H
The output voltage of the battery current • Harness or connectors
Battery current sensor perfor-
P1554 sensor is lower than the specified value (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
mance
while the battery voltage is high enough. • Battery current sensor
I
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-267, "Component Function Check". J
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the battery current sensor circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-268, "Diagnosis Procedure". L

Component Function Check INFOID:0000000003856746

1.PRECONDITIONING M

TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 12.8 V at idle.
N
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that all load switches and A/C switch are turned
OFF.

O
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK
With CONSULT-III P
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Select “BAT CUR SEN” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check “BAT CUR SEN” indication for 10 seconds.
“BAT CUR SEN” should be above 2,300 mV at least once.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and let it idle.
2. Check voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

EC-267
 P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

ECM
Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
42
F8 (Battery current Ground Above 2.3 at least once
sensor signal)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-268, "Diagnosis Procedure"
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003858140

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-37, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect battery current sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between battery current sensor harness connector and ground.

Battery current sensor

Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
F76 1 Ground Approx. 5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Battery current sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F76 2 F8 44 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between battery current sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Battery current sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F76 3 F8 42 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
EC-268
 P1554 BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR A

Refer to EC-269, "Component Inspection".

Is the inspection result normal? EC
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT C
Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".

D
>> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003858141

E
1.CHECK BATTERY CURRENT SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected. F
3. Disconnect battery negative cable (1).

: Vehicle front G
: To body ground

4. Install jumper cable (A) between battery negative terminal and

body ground. H
5. Turn ignition switch ON.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals
under the following conditions. I
ALBIA0076ZZ

ECM
+ – Voltage (V) J
Connector
Terminal Terminal
42
44 K
F8 (Battery current Approx. 2.5
(Sensor ground)
sensor signal)
Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-3, "How to Handle Battery".
L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace battery negative cable assembly.
M

EC-269
 P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
Description INFOID:0000000003856749

ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation
of switch, and determines which button is operated.
Refer to EC-51, "System Diagram" for the ASCD function.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856750

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P1564 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to
EC-240, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
• An excessively high voltage signal from the
ASCD steering switch is sent to ECM.
• Harness or connectors
• ECM detects that input signal from the
(The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
P1564 ASCD steering switch ASCD steering switch is out of the specified
• ASCD steering switch
range.
• ECM
• ECM detects that the ASCD steering switch
is stuck ON.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Press MAIN switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Press RESUME/ACCELERATE switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 sec-
onds.
5. Press SET/COAST switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-270, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856751

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-37, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT
With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “MAIN SW”, “CANCEL SW”, “RESUME/ACC SW” and “SET SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT-III.

EC-270
 P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
3. Check each item indication under the following conditions.
A
Monitor item Condition Indication
Pressed ON
MAIN SW MAIN switch EC
Released OFF
Pressed ON
CANCEL SW CANCEL switch
Released OFF C
RESUME/ACCEL- Pressed ON
RESUME/ACC SW
ERATE switch Released OFF
Pressed ON
D
SET SW SET/COAST switch
Released OFF

Without CONSULT-III E
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
F
ECM

Con- + – Condition Voltage (V)

nector Terminal Terminal G
MAIN switch: Pressed Approx. 0
CANCEL switch: Pressed Approx. 1
85 92 H
E16 (ASCD steering switch (ASCD steering switch SET/COAST switch: Pressed Approx. 2
signal) ground)
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed Approx. 3
All ASCD steering switches: Released Approx. 4 I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 3. J
3.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect combination switch harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between combination switch and ECM harness connector.
L

Combination switch ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal M
M33 16 E16 92 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
O
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors M11, E105 P
• Combination switch (spiral cable)
• Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between combination switch and ECM harness connector.

EC-271
 P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

Combination switch ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
M33 13 E16 85 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors M11, E105
• Combination switch (spiral cable)
• Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH
Refer to EC-272, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003856752

1.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector.
3. Check resistance between combination switch harness connector terminals as per the following.

Combination switch
Condition Resistance [Ω]
Connector Terminals
MAIN switch: Pressed Approx. 0
CANCEL switch: Pressed Approx. 250
M33 13 and 16 SET/COAST switch: Pressed Approx. 660
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed Approx. 1,480
All ASCD steering switches: Released Approx. 4,000
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch

EC-272
 P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
A
Description INFOID:0000000003856753

When the brake pedal is depressed, ASCD brake switch is turned OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON. EC
ECM detects the state of the brake pedal by two kinds of input (ON/OFF signal).
Refer to EC-51, "System Diagram" for the ASCD function.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856754 C

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE: D
• If DTC P1572 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer
to EC-240, "DTC Logic".
• This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. When malfunction A is detected, DTC is not
E
stored in ECM memory. And in that case, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip freeze frame data are displayed.
1st trip DTC is erased when ignition switch is turned OFF. And even when malfunction A is detected
in two consecutive trips, DTC is not stored in ECM memory.
F
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
When the vehicle speed is above 30 km/h • Harness or connectors G
(19 MPH), ON signals from the stop lamp (The stop lamp switch circuit is shorted.)
A)
switch and the ASCD brake switch are sent • Harness or connectors
to the ECM at the same time. (The ASCD brake switch circuit is shorted.)
P1572 ASCD brake switch • Stop lamp switch H
ASCD brake switch signal is not sent to • ASCD brake switch
B) ECM for extremely long time while the ve- • Incorrect stop lamp switch installation
hicle is being driver. • Incorrect ASCD brake switch installation
• ECM I

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING J
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
NOTE: K
Procedure for malfunction B is not described here. It takes extremely long time to complete procedure for mal-
function B. By performing procedure for malfunction A, the incident that causes malfunction B can be
detected. L

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE M

With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine (VDC switch OFF).
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. N
3. Press MAIN switch and check that CRUISE lamp illuminates.
4. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following conditions.
CAUTION: O
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle.
P
If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.

VHCL SPEED SE More than 30 km/h (19 mph)

Selector lever Suitable position
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST

EC-273
 P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-274, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
With CONSULT-III
1. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following conditions.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle.
If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.

VHCL SPEED SE More than 30 km/h (19 mph)

Selector lever Suitable position
Depress the brake pedal for more than 5
Driving location seconds so as not to come off from the
above-mentioned vehicle speed.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-274, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856755

1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication under the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Indication

Slightly depressed OFF
BRAKE SW1 Brake pedal
Fully released ON

Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
+ − Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

110 Slightly depressed Approx. 0V

E16 E16 112 Brake pedal
(ASCD brake switch signal) Fully released Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II
With CONSULT-III
Check “BRAKE SW2” indication in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
EC-274
 P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

Monitor item Condition Indication A

Slightly depressed ON
BRAKE SW2 Brake pedal
Fully released OFF
EC

Without CONSULT-III
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
C

ECM
+ − Condition Voltage D
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal

106 Slightly depressed Battery voltage

E16 E16 112 Brake pedal E
(Stop lamp switch signal) Fully released Approx. 0V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12. F
NO >> GO TO 7.
3.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between ASCD brake switch harness connector and ground. H

ASCD brake switch

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal I
E49 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
J
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART K
Check the following.
• Fuse block (J/B) connector E103
• 10A fuse (No.3) L
• Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. M
5.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. N
3. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.

ASCD brake switch ECM O

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E49 2 E16 110 Existed
P
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Refer to EC-277, "Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)"

EC-275
 P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch.
7.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.

Stop lamp switch

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E115 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Fuse block (J/B) connector E103
• 10A fuse (No.7)
• Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and battery

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Stop lamp switch ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E115 2 E16 106 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Fuse block (J/B) connector E103
• Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and ECM

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
11.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to EC-277, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch.
12.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-276
 P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch) INFOID:0000000003856756

A
1.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector. EC
3. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals under the following conditions.

Terminals Condition Continuity C

Fully released. Existed
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed. Not existed
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2. E
2.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH-II
1. Adjust ASCD brake switch installation. Refer to BR-6, "Inspection and Adjustment".
2. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals under the following conditions. F

Terminals Condition Continuity

G
Fully released. Existed
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed. Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch.
I
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) INFOID:0000000003856757

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-I J

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions.
K

Terminals Condition Continuity

Fully released Not existed L
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END M
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-II N
1. Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-6, "Inspection and Adjustment".
2. Check harness continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions.
O
Terminals Condition Continuity
Fully released Not existed
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Existed P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch.

EC-277
 P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
Description INFOID:0000000003856758

The ECM receives two vehicle speed signals via CAN communication line. One is sent from combination
meter, and the other is from TCM (Transmission control module). The ECM uses these signals for ASCD con-
trol. Refer to EC-51, "System Diagram" for ASCD functions.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856759

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC U1000, U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-135, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0500, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0500. Refer
to EC-234, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer
to EC-240, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
to EC-242, "DTC Logic".

Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
name
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or
shorted.)
ASCD vehicle speed The difference between the two vehicle speed • Combination meter
P1574
sensor signals is out of the specified range. • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Wheel sensor
• TCM
• ECM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine (VDC switch OFF).
2. Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25 MPH).
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle.
If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-278, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856760

1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM

Check DTC with TCM. Refer to TM-35, "Diagnosis Description".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.

EC-278
 P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
2.CHECK DTC WITH “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)” A

Refer to BRC-80, "CONSULT-III Function".

Is the inspection result normal? EC
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
3.CHECK COMBINATION METER FUNCTION C
Refer to MWI-33, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)".

D
>> INSPECTION END

EC-279
 P1700 CVT CONTROL SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P1700 CVT CONTROL SYSTEM
Description INFOID:0000000003856761

This DTC is displayed with other DTC regarding TCM. Perform the trouble diagnosis for corresponding DTC.
Refer to EC-389, "DTC Index". When this DTC is detected, the ASCD control is canceled.

EC-280
 P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR)
A
Description INFOID:0000000003856762

ECM receives primary speed sensor signal from TCM through CAN communication line. ECM uses this signal EC
for engine control.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856763

C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC U1000, U1001 first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000, D
U1001. Refer to EC-135, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0335, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0335. Refer
to EC-218, "DTC Logic".
E
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0340, P0345, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0340,
P0345. Refer to EC-222, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer
to EC-240, "DTC Logic". F
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
to EC-242, "DTC Logic".
G
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
(The CAN communication line is open or short- H
Primary speed sensor signal is different
Input speed sensor ed)
from the theoretical value calculated by
P1715 (Primary speed sensor) • Harness or connectors
ECM from secondary sensor signal and
(TCM output) (Primary speed sensor circuit is open or short-
engine rpm signal.
ed) I
• TCM

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

J
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. K

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE L

1. Start engine.
2. Drive vehicle at a speed of more than 50 km/h (31 MPH) for at least 5 seconds.
3. Check 1st trip DTC. M
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-281, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END N

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856764

O
1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM
Check DTC with TCM. Refer to TM-121, "DTC Index".
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
2.REPLACE TCM
Replace TCM. Refer to TM-153, "Removal and Installation".

EC-281
 P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR)
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
>> INSPECTION END

EC-282
 P1720 VSS
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P1720 VSS
A
Description INFOID:0000000003856765

ECM receives two vehicle speed signals via the CAN communication line. One is sent from “ABS actuator and EC
electric unit (control unit)” via combination meter, and the other is from TCM (Transmission control module).
ECM uses these signals for engine control.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856766 C

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE: D
• If DTC P1720 is displayed with DTC U1000, U1001 first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000,
U1001. Refer to EC-135, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P1720 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
E
to EC-242, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
F
• Harness or connectors
(Secondary speed sensor circuit is open or
shorted.)
• Harness or connectors G
Vehicle speed sensor The difference between two vehicle speed (Wheel sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P1720
(TCM output) signals is out of the specified range. • TCM
• Secondary speed sensor
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) H
• Wheel sensor
• Combination meter

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at J
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2. K
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine. L
2. Drive vehicle at a speed of 20 km/h (12 MPH) or more for at least 5 seconds without depressing the brake
pedal.
3. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? M
YES >> Go to EC-283, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
N
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856767

1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM O

Check DTC with TCM. Refer to TM-121, "DTC Index".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. P
NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
2.CHECK DTC WITH “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)”
Refer to BRC-140, "DTC No. Index".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
EC-283
 P1720 VSS
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

3.CHECK COMBINATION METER FUNCTION

Refer to MWI-67, "DTC Index".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-284
 P1800 VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P1800 VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1
A
Description INFOID:0000000003856768

The VIAS control solenoid valve 1 cuts the intake manifold vacuum signal for power valve 1 control. It EC
responds to ON/OFF signals from the ECM. When the solenoid is OFF, the vacuum signal from the intake
manifold is cut. When the ECM sends an ON signal the coil pulls the plunger downward and sends the vac-
uum signal to the power valve actuator 1.
C
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856769

DTC DETECTION LOGIC D

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors E
An excessively low or high voltage signal
VIAS control solenoid valve 1 (The solenoid valve 1 circuit is open or
P1800 is sent to ECM through the VIAS control
circuit shorted.)
solenoid valve 1.
• VIAS control solenoid valve 1
F
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CONDITIONING
G
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. H

>> GO TO 2.
I
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. J
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-285, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END K
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856770

1.CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT L

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect VIAS control solenoid valve 1 harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. M
4. Check the voltage between VIAS control solenoid valve 1 harness connector and ground.

VIAS control solenoid valve 1 N

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F74 1 Ground Battery voltage
O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. P
2.CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between VIAS control solenoid valve 1 harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

EC-285
 P1800 VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

VIAS control solenoid valve 1 ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F74 2 F7 27 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1
Refer to EC-286, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace VIAS control solenoid valve 1.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003856771

1.CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect vacuum hoses connected to VIAS control solenoid valve 1.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select “VIAS S/V-1” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
6. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.

Condition Air passage continuity Air passage continuity

(VIAS S/V 1) between (A) and (B) between (A) and (C)
ON Existed Not existed
OFF Not existed Existed

JMBIA0180ZZ

Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect VIAS control solenoid valve 1 harness connector.
3. Disconnect vacuum hoses connected to VIAS volume control solenoid valve 1.
4. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions.

Air passage continuity Air passage continuity

Condition
between (A) and (B) between (A) and (C)
12 V direct current supply be-
Existed Not existed
tween terminals 1 and 2
No supply Not existed Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END PBIB2532E

EC-286
 P1800 VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
NO >> Replace VIAS control solenoid valve 1
A

EC

EC-287
 P1801 VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P1801 VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 2
Description INFOID:0000000003856772

The VIAS control solenoid valve 2 cuts the intake manifold vacuum signal for power valve 2 control. It
responds to ON/OFF signals from the ECM. When the solenoid is OFF, the vacuum signal from the intake
manifold is cut. When the ECM sends an ON signal the coil pulls the plunger downward and sends the vac-
uum signal to the power valve actuator 2.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856773

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
An excessively low or high voltage signal
VIAS control solenoid valve 2 (The solenoid valve 2 circuit is open or
P1801 is sent to ECM through the VIAS control
circuit shorted.)
solenoid valve 2.
• VIAS control solenoid valve 2

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.CONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-288, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856774

1.CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect VIAS control solenoid valve 2 harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between VIAS control solenoid valve 2 harness connector and ground.

VIAS control solenoid valve 2

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F75 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 2 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between VIAS control solenoid valve 2 harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

EC-288
 P1801 VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

VIAS control solenoid valve 2 ECM A

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F75 2 F7 26 Existed
EC
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. C
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 2
D
Refer to EC-289, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. E
NO >> Replace VIAS control solenoid valve 2.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident". F

>> INSPECTION END

G
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003856775

1.CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 2 H

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. I
3. Disconnect vacuum hoses connected to VIAS control solenoid valve 2.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Select “VIAS S/V-2” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
6. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the J
following conditions.

Condition Air passage continuity Air passage continuity K

(VIAS S/V 2) between (A) and (B) between (A) and (C)
ON Existed Not existed
L
OFF Not existed Existed

M
JMBIA0180ZZ

Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. N
2. Disconnect VIAS control solenoid valve 2 harness connector.
3. Disconnect vacuum hoses connected to VIAS volume control solenoid valve 2.
4. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the O
following conditions.

Air passage continuity Air passage continuity P

Condition
between (A) and (B) between (A) and (C)
12 V direct current supply be-
Existed Not existed
tween terminals 1 and 2
No supply Not existed Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END PBIB2532E

EC-289
 P1801 VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 2
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
NO >> Replace VIAS control solenoid valve 2

EC-290
 P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
A
Description INFOID:0000000003856776

Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed. EC
This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is being driver.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856777

C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause D
• Harness or connectors
A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for ex-
(Stop lamp switch circuit is open or short-
P1805 Brake switch tremely long time while the vehicle is being driv-
ed.) E
er.
• Stop lamp switch

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

F
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds. G
3. Erase the DTC.
4. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? H
YES >> Go to EC-291, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856778
I

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT

J
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the stop lamp when depressing and releasing the brake pedal.

K
Brake pedal Stop lamp
Fully released Not illuminated
Slightly depressed Illuminated L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2. M
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. N
2. Check the voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.

Stop lamp switch

Ground Voltage O
Connector Terminal
E115 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Fuse block (J/B) connector E103
• 10A fuse (No.7)

EC-291
 P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
• Harness for open or short between battery and stop lamp switch

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.

Stop lamp switch ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E115 2 E16 106 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Fuse block (J/B) connector E103
• Harness for open or short between ECM and stop lamp switch

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Refer to EC-292, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch.
7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) INFOID:0000000003858144

1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check harness continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions.

Terminals Condition Continuity

Fully released Not existed
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-II
1. Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-6, "Inspection and Adjustment".
2. Check harness continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions.

EC-292
 P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

Terminals Condition Continuity A

Fully released Not existed
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Existed
EC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. C

EC-293
 P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
Description INFOID:0000000003856780

Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle
control motor relay is controlled ON/OFF by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends
an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition
switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not
provided to the ECM.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856781

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
Throttle control motor ECM detects that the voltage of power source (Throttle control motor relay circuit is
P2100
relay circuit open for throttle control motor is excessively low. open)
• Throttle control motor relay
• Harness or connectors
Throttle control motor ECM detects that the throttle control motor relay (Throttle control motor relay circuit is
P2103
relay circuit short is stuck ON. shorted)
• Throttle control motor relay

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V.
Witch DTC is detected?
P2100 >> GO TO 2.
P2103 >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P2100
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-294, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P2103
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-294, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856782

1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ECM harness connector.

EC-294
 P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

IPDM E/R ECM A

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F12 70 F7 15 Existed
EC
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. C
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II
D
1. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ECM harness connector.

IPDM E/R ECM

Continuity E
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F12 54 F7 2 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G
3.CHECK FUSE
1. Disconnect 15A fuse (No. 51) from IPDM E/R. H
2. Check if 15A fuse is blown.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. I
NO >> Replace 15A fuse.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident". J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R.
K
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

EC-295
 P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
Description INFOID:0000000003856783

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor. The throttle position
sensor provides feedback to the ECM, when opens/closes the throttle valve in response to driving conditions
via the throttle control motor.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856784

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P2101 is displayed with DTC P2100, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P2100. Refer to
EC-294, "DTC Logic".
If DTC P2101 is displayed with DTC 2119, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P2119. Refer to
EC-302, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
Electric throttle control Electric throttle control function does not oper- (Throttle control motor circuit is open or
P2101
performance ate properly. shorted)
• Electric throttle control actuator

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V when
engine is running.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-296, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856785

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-37, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I
1. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

EC-296
 P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

ECM A
Ground Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Ignition switch OFF Approx. 0 V
F7 2 Ground EC
Ignition switch ON Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7. C
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
D
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ECM harness connector. E

IPDM E/R ECM

Continuity F
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F12 70 F7 15 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. H
4.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II
1. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ECM harness connector.
I

IPDM E/R ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal J
F12 54 F7 2 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
L
5.CHECK FUSE
1. Disconnect 15A fuse (No. 51) from IPDM E/R.
2. Check if 15A fuse is blown. M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace 15A fuse. N
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".
O
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
P
7.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
4. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

EC-297
 P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

Electric throttle control actuator ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
5 Not existed
5
6 Existed
F29 F7
5 Existed
6
6 Not existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
8.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
1. Remove the intake air duct.
2. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1)
and the housing.

2: Electric throttle control actuator

Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.

JMBIA1390ZZ

9.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

Refer to EC-298, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 11.
10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
11.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace electric throttle control actuator.
2. Refer to EC-299, "Special Repair Requirement".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003856786

1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
3. Check resistance between electric throttle control actuator terminals as per the following.

Terminals Resistance
5 and 6 Approx. 1 - 15 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?

EC-298
 P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2. A
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace electric throttle control actuator.
EC
2. Go to EC-299, "Special Repair Requirement".

>> INSPECTION END

C
Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000003858126

1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING D

Refer to EC-16, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement"

E
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-16, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement" F

>> END
G

EC-299
 P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
Description INFOID:0000000003856788

The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor. The throttle position
sensor provides feedback to the ECM, when opens/closes the throttle valve in response to driving conditions
via the throttle control motor.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856789

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connectors
Throttle control motor ECM detects short in both circuits between (Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.)
P2118
circuit short ECM and throttle control motor. • Electric throttle control actuator
(Throttle control motor)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-300, "DTC Logic".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003858132

1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
3. Check resistance between electric throttle control actuator terminals as per the following.

Terminals Resistance
5 and 6 Approx. 1 - 15 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace electric throttle control actuator.
2. Go to EC-299, "Special Repair Requirement".

>> INSPECTION END

Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000003858127

1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING

EC-300
 P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Refer to EC-16, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement"
A
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING EC
Refer to EC-16, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement"

>> END C

EC-301
 P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
Description INFOID:0000000003856793

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc.
The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position, and the opening and closing speed of the throt-
tle valve and sends the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle
valve from these signals and opens/closes the throttle valve in response to driving conditions via the throttle
control motor.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856794

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Electric throttle control actuator does not func-
A) tion properly due to the return spring malfunc-
tion.
Electric throttle control
P2119 Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is • Electric throttle control actuator
actuator B)
not in specified range.
ECM detects that the throttle valve is stuck
C)
open.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Selector lever position is D and wait at least 3 seconds.
3. Selector lever position is P.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
6. Selector lever position is D and wait at least 3 seconds.
7. Selector lever position is P.
8. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON.
9. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-303, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Selector lever position is D and wait at least 3 seconds.
3. Selector lever position is N or P.
4. Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds.
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-303, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END

EC-302
 P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003858131

A
1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Remove the intake air duct. EC
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1)
and the housing.
C
2: Electric throttle control actuator
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. D
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
control actuator inside.
E
JMBIA1390ZZ

2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR F

1. Replace electric throttle control actuator.
2. Go to EC-255, "Special Repair Requirement".
G
>> INSPECTION END
Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000003858128
H
1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Refer to EC-16, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement"
I

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING J
Refer to EC-16, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement"

K
>> END

EC-303
 P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
Description INFOID:0000000003856797

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera-
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometer which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and sends voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
PBIB1741E
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for engine opera-
tions such as fuel cut.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856798

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P2122 or P2123 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-243, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Accelerator pedal posi-
An excessively low voltage from the APP sen-
P2122 tion sensor 1 circuit low • Harness or connectors
sor 1 is sent to ECM.
input (APP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
Accelerator pedal posi- • Accelerator pedal position sensor
An excessively high voltage from the APP sen- (APP sensor 1)
P2123 tion sensor 1 circuit high
sor 1 is sent to ECM.
input

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-304, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856799

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-37, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.

EC-304
 P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector.

2. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC
3. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.

APP sensor
Ground Voltage (V) C
Connector Terminal
E110 4 Ground Approx. 5
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT E

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
F
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

APP sensor ECM

Continuity G
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E110 2 E16 84 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. I
4.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. J

APP sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal K
E110 3 E16 81 Existed
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. M
5.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-306, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
O
6.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Refer to EC-306, "Special Repair Requirement". P

>> INSPECTION END

7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-305
 P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003856800

1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
81 Fully released 0.5 - 1.0
84
(APP sensor 1 sig-
(Sensor ground) Fully depressed 4.2 - 4.8
nal)
E16 E16 Accelerator pedal
82 Fully released 0.25 - 0.50
100
(APP sensor 2 sig-
(Sensor ground) Fully depressed 2.0 - 2.5
nal)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Go to EC-306, "Special Repair Requirement".

>> INSPECTION END

Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000003856801

1.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING

Refer to EC-15, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Refer to EC-16, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".

>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-16, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".

>> END

EC-306
 P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
A
Description INFOID:0000000003858145

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end EC

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera-
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometer which transform the accelerator pedal C
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and sends voltage signals to the ECM. The D
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
PBIB1741E E
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for engine opera-
tions such as fuel cut.
F
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856803

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

G

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Accelerator pedal posi- • Harness or connectors H
An excessively low voltage from the APP sen-
P2127 tion sensor 2 circuit low (APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
sor 2 is sent to ECM.
input [CKP sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.]
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
shorted.) I
Accelerator pedal posi- • Accelerator pedal position sensor
An excessively high voltage from the APP sen-
P2128 tion sensor 2 circuit high (APP sensor 2)
sor 2 is sent to ECM.
input • Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor J

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING K

If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: L
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2. M

2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. N
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-307, "Diagnosis Procedure". O
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856804
P
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-37, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.

EC-307
 P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

2.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.

APP sensor
Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
E110 5 Ground Approx. 5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

APP sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E110 5 E16 87 Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit.
4.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.

ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
72 Refrigerant pressure sensor E300 1
F8
76 CKP sensor (POS) F20 1
E16 87 APP sensor E110 5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-221, "Component Inspection".)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-348, "Diagnosis Procedure".)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning components.
6.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

APP sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E110 1 E16 100 Existed

EC-308
 P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? A
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT EC

1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
C
APP sensor ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E110 6 E16 82 Existed D
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
E
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK APP SENSOR F
Refer to EC-309, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10. G
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY H
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Refer to EC-310, "Special Repair Requirement"
I
>> INSPECTION END
10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
J
Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

K
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003858146

1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR L

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions. M

ECM
+ – Condition Voltage (V) N
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
81 Fully released 0.5 - 1.0
84 O
(APP sensor 1 sig-
(Sensor ground) Fully depressed 4.2 - 4.8
nal)
E16 E16 Accelerator pedal
82 Fully released 0.25 - 0.50
100 P
(APP sensor 2 sig-
(Sensor ground) Fully depressed 2.0 - 2.5
nal)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
EC-309
 P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Go to EC-310, "Special Repair Requirement".

>> INSPECTION END

Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000003858147

1.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING

Refer to EC-15, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Refer to EC-16, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".

>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-16, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".

>> END

EC-310
 P2135 TP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P2135 TP SENSOR
A
Description INFOID:0000000003857980

Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, EC

throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to
the throttle valve movement.
The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a
kind of potentiometer which transform the throttle valve position into C
output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. The ECM
judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these sig-
nals and controls the throttle valve opening angle in response to D
driving conditions via the throttle control motor.

PBIB0145E E
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856808

DTC DETECTION LOGIC F

NOTE:
If DTC P2135 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to
EC-243, "DTC Logic". G

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connector H
Throttle position sensor Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM (TP sensor 1 or 2 circuit is open or short-
P2135 circuit range/perfor- compared with the signals from TP sensor 1 ed.)
mance and TP sensor 2. • Electric throttle control actuator
I
(TP sensor 1 or 2)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING J

If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
K
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.

L
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. M
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-311, "Diagnosis Procedure". N
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856809
O
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. P
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-37, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.

EC-311
 P2135 TP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground.

Electric throttle control actuator

Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
F29 1 Ground Approx. 5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

Electric throttle control actuator ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F29 4 F8 36 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

Electric throttle control actuator ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
2 37
F29 F8 Existed
3 38
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Refer to EC-313, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
1. Replace electric throttle control actuator.
2. Refer to EC-313, "Special Repair Requirement"

>> INSPECTION END

7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-312
 P2135 TP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003857981

A
1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. EC
3. Perform EC-16, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Selector lever position is D. C
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

ECM D
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal Terminal
E
37 (TP sensor 1 Fully released More than 0.36 V
signal) Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
36
F8 Accelerator pedal
(Sensor ground) Fully released Less than 4.75 V
38 (TP sensor 2 F
signal) Fully depressed More than 0.36 V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END G
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR H
1. Replace electric throttle control actuator.
2. Go to EC-162, "Special Repair Requirement".
I
>> INSPECTION END
Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000003858129
J
1.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Refer to EC-16, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement"
K

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING L
Refer to EC-16, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement"

M
>> END

EC-313
 P2138 APP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P2138 APP SENSOR
Description INFOID:0000000003858148

The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera-
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometer which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and sends voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
PBIB1741E
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for engine opera-
tions such as fuel cut.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856813

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P2138 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to
EC-243, "DTC Logic".

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
• Harness or connector
(APP sensor 1 or 2 circuit is open or
shorted.)
[CKP sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.]
Accelerator pedal posi- Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
P2138 tion sensor circuit range/ compared with the signals from APP sensor 1
shorted.)
performance and APP sensor 2.
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 1 or 2)
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-314, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856814

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-37, "Circuit Inspection".
EC-314
 P2138 APP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. A
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
EC
1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.
C
APP sensor
Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
D
E110 4 Ground Approx. 5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. E
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
F
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.
G
APP sensor
Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
E110 5 Ground Approx. 5 H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 4. I
4.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
K
APP sensor ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E110 5 E16 87 Existed L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit. M

5.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. N

ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal O
72 Refrigerant pressure sensor E300 1
F8
76 CKP sensor (POS) F20 1
P
E16 87 APP sensor E110 5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK COMPONENTS
Check the following.

EC-315
 P2138 APP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-221, "Component Inspection".)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-348, "Diagnosis Procedure".)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning components.
7.CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

APP sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
2 84
E110 E16 Existed
1 100
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.

APP sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
3 81
E110 E16 Existed
6 82
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK APP SENSOR
Refer to EC-316, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 10.
10.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly.
2. Refer to EC-317, "Special Repair Requirement".

>> INSPECTION END

11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003858149

1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR

1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.

EC-316
 P2138 APP SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
A
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
EC
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
81 Fully released 0.5 - 1.0
84
(APP sensor 1 sig-
(Sensor ground) Fully depressed 4.2 - 4.8 C
nal)
E16 E16 Accelerator pedal
82 Fully released 0.25 - 0.50
100
(APP sensor 2 sig-
(Sensor ground) Fully depressed 2.0 - 2.5
nal) D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2. E

2.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY

1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. F
2. Go to EC-317, "Special Repair Requirement".

>> INSPECTION END G

Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000003858150

1.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING H

Refer to EC-15, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
I
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
J
Refer to EC-16, "THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".

>> GO TO 3.
K
3.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Refer to EC-16, "IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING : Special Repair Requirement".
L
>> END

EC-317
 P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1
Description INFOID:0000000003856817

The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sen-
sor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an elec-
trode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocar-
bon density in rich.
JMBIA0112GB

Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C
(1,472°F).

PBIB3354E

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000003856818

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

To judge the malfunction, the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is monitored so it will
not shift to LEAN side or RICH side.

DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 • The output voltage computed by ECM from the
P2A00 (bank 1) circuit range/per- • A/F sensor 1
A/F sensor 1 signal shifts to the lean side for a
formance • A/F sensor 1 heater
specified period.
• Fuel pressure
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 • The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F
• Fuel injector
P2A03 (bank 2) circuit range/per- sensor 1 signal shifts to the rich side for a spec-
• Intake air leaks
formance ified period.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.

>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-18, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement".
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute under no load.

EC-318
 P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
7. Keep engine speed between 2,500 and 3,000 rpm for 20 minutes. A
8. Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Go to EC-319, "Diagnosis Procedure". EC
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856819
C
1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
D
2. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-37, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2. E
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.RETIGHTEN A/F SENSOR 1
Loosen and retighten the A/F sensor 1. Refer to EM-34, "Removal and Installation". F

>> GO TO 3.
G
3.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. H
Is intake air leak detected?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. I
4.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-18, "MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
CLEAR : Special Repair Requirement". J
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 or P0175 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-198, "DTC Logic" K
or EC-202, "DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR L

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
M
3. Check harness connector for water.

Water should not exit.

N
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace harness connector.
O
6.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. P
3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground.

A/F sensor
DTC Ground Voltage (V)
Bank Connector Terminal
P2A00 1 F27 4
Ground Battery voltage
P2A03 2 F64 4

EC-319
 P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• IPDM E/R harness connector F12
• 15A fuse (No. 46)
• Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse

>> Repair or replace harness or connectors.

8.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.

A/F sensor 1 ECM

DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 45
P2A00 1 F27
2 49 Existed
F8
1 53
P2A03 2 F64
2 57
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector or ECM harness connector and ground.

A/F sensor 1 ECM

DTC Ground Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 45
P2A00 1 F27
2 49
F8 Ground Not existed
1 53
P2A03 2 F64
2 57
5. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
10.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1.
CAUTION:
• Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a
hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one.
• Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread
Cleaner and approved anti-seize lubricant.

>> INSPECTION END

EC-320
 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
A
Description INFOID:0000000003858142

When the brake pedal is depressed, ASCD brake switch is turned OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON. EC
ECM detects the state of the brake pedal by two kinds of input (ON/OFF signal).
Refer to EC-51, "System Diagram" for the ASCD function.
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000003856821 C

1.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH FUNCTION

With CONSULT-III D
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication under the following conditions. E

Monitor item Condition Indication

Slightly depressed OFF F
BRAKE SW1 Brake pedal
Fully released ON

Without CONSULT-III G
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.
H
ECM
Ground Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
110 Slightly depressed Approx. 0 V I
E16 (ASCD brake Ground Brake pedal
switch signal) Fully released Battery voltage

Is the inspection result normal? J

YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-321, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856822
K

1.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between ASCD brake switch harness connector and ground. M

ASCD brake switch

Ground Voltage N
Connector Terminal
E49 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART P
Check the following.
• Fuse block (J/B) connector E103
• 10A fuse (No.3)
• Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.

EC-321
 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

3.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.

ASCD brake switch ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E49 2 E16 110 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
Refer to EC-322, "Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection (ASCD Brake Switch) INFOID:0000000003858143

1.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals under the following conditions.

Terminals Condition Continuity

Fully released. Existed
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed. Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH-II
1. Adjust ASCD brake switch installation. Refer to BR-6, "Inspection and Adjustment".
2. Check the continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals under the following conditions.

Terminals Condition Continuity

Fully released. Existed
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed. Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace ASCD brake switch.

EC-322
 ASCD INDICATOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
ASCD INDICATOR
A
Description INFOID:0000000003856824

ASCD indicator lamp illuminates to indicate ASCD operation status. Lamp has two indicators, CRUISE and EC
SET, and is integrated in combination meter.
CRUISE lamp illuminates when MAIN switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON to indicated that ASCD
system is ready for operation.
SET lamp illuminates when the following conditions are met. C
• CRUISE lamp is illuminated.
• SET/COAST switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON while vehicle speed is within the range of the
ASCD setting. D
SET lamp remains lit during ASCD control.
Refer to EC-51, "System Diagram" for the ASCD function.
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000003856825 E

1.CHECK ASCD INDICATOR FUNCTION

Check ASCD indicator under the following conditions. F

ASCD INDICATOR CONDITION SPECIFICATION

• MAIN switch: Pressed at the G
CRUISE LAMP • Ignition switch: ON 1st time → ON → OFF
at the 2nd time
• MAIN switch: ON • ASCD: Operating ON H
• When vehicle speed is be-
SET LAMP
tween 40 km/h (25 MPH) and • ASCD: Not operating OFF
144 km/h (89 MPH)
I
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-323, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856826

1.CHECK DTC K
Check that DTC U1000 or U1001 is not displayed.
Is the inspection result normal?
L
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-135, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER FUNCTION M
Refer to MWI-33, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. N
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
O
Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace combination meter. P
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

EC-323
 COOLING FAN
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
COOLING FAN
Description INFOID:0000000003856827

The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant
pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 4-step control [HIGH/MIDDLE/LOW/OFF].
COOLING FAN MOTOR
The cooling fan operates at each speed when the current flows in the cooling fan motor as per the following.

Cooling fan motor terminals

Cooling fan speed
(+) (−)
1 3 and 4
2 3 and 4
Middle (MID)
1 and 2 3
1 and 2 4
High (HI) 1 and 2 3 and 4
The cooling fan operates at low (LOW) speed when cooling fan motors-1 and -2 are circuited in series under
the middle speed condition.
Refer to EC-60, "System Diagram".
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000003856828

1.CHECK COOLING FAN FUNCTION

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check that cooling fan speed varies according to the percent.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motors operation, refer to PCS-11, "Diagnosis
Description".
2. Check that cooling fan operates.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-324, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856829

1.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect cooling fan relays-2, -3.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between cooling fan relays-2, -3 harness connectors and ground.

Cooling fan relay

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal

E57 2
(cooling fan relay-2) 5
Ground Battery voltage
E59 2
(cooling fan relay-3) 5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.

EC-324
 COOLING FAN
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A

Check the following.
• 40A fusible link (letter K)
• 10A fuse (No.42)
EC
• IPDM E/R harness connector E10
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-2 and battery
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-3 and battery
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-2 and IPDM E/R C
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-3 and IPDM E/R

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D
3.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connectors.
3. Check the continuity between cooling fan relay-2, -3 harness connectors and IPDM E/R harness connec-
tor.
F
Cooling fan relay IPDM E/R
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
G
E57
1 E11 42
(cooling fan relay-2)
Existed
E59 H
1 E10 34
(cooling fan relay-3)
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT J
1. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness connector.
2. Check the voltage between cooling fan motor-1 harness connector and ground.
K
Cooling fan motor-1
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
L
1
E301 Ground Battery voltage
2
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART N

Check the following.

• Harness connector E70, E305
O
• 40A fusible link (letter M)
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor-1 and battery

P
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR CIRCUIT-I
1. Disconnect cooling fan motor-2 harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between cooling fan relay-2, -3 harness connectors and cooling fan motor-1, -2 har-
ness connectors.

EC-325
 COOLING FAN
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

Cooling fan relay Cooling fan motor

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E302
3 2
E57 (Cooling fan motor-2)
(cooling fan relay-2) E301
7 3
(Cooling fan motor-1)
Existed
E302
3 1
E59 (Cooling fan motor-2)
(cooling fan relay-3) E301
7 4
(Cooling fan motor-1)
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connector E70, E305
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor-1 and cooling fan relay-2
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor-1 and cooling fan relay-3
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor-2 and cooling fan relay-2
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor-2 and cooling fan relay-3

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR CIRCUIT-II
1. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and cooling fan motor-1, -2 harness connec-
tor.

IPDM E/R Cooling fan motor

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E301
35 4
(Cooling fan motor-1)
E10 Existed
E302
38 1
(Cooling fan motor-2)
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connector E70, E305
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor-1 and IPDM E/R
• Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor-2 and IPDM E/R

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
10.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR CIRCUIT-III
1. Check the continuity between cooling fan relay-2, -3 harness connectors and ground.

EC-326
 COOLING FAN
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

Cooling fan motor A

Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
E57
6 EC
(cooling fan relay-2)
Ground Existed
E59
6
(cooling fan relay-3)
C
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11. D
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
11.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR CIRCUIT-IV
1. Check the continuity between cooling fan motor-2 harness connector and ground. E

Cooling fan motor-2

Ground Continuity F
Connector Terminal
3
E302 Ground Existed
4 G
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 12. H
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
12.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAYS-2 AND -3 I
Refer to EC-328, "Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 13. J
NO >> Replace malfunctioning cooling fan relay.
13.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND -2
K
Refer to EC-327, "Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14. L
NO >> Replace malfunctioning cooling fan motor.
14.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Perform GI-35, "Intermittent Incident". M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R.
NO >> Repair or replace harness connectors. N

Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor) INFOID:0000000003856830

1.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR O

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connector. P
3. Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and check operation.

EC-327
 COOLING FAN
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

Terminals
Condition
(+) (−)
1 3 and 4
2 3 and 4
A
Cooling fan motor 1 and 2 3
1 and 2 4
B 1, 2 3, 4
Check that cooling fan speed of condition B is higher than that of A.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace cooling fan motor.
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay) INFOID:0000000003856831

1.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY

1. Disconnect cooling fan relays -2, -3 harness connectors.
2. Check continuity between cooling fan relay -2, -3 terminals
under the following conditions.

Terminals Conditions Continuity

3 and 5 12 V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 Existed

6 and 7 No current supply Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace cooling fan relay.
SEF745U

EC-328
 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
A
Description INFOID:0000000003856832

The electrical load signal (Headlamp switch signal, rear window defogger switch signal, etc.) is transferred EC
through the CAN communication line from BCM to ECM via IPDM E/R.
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000003856833

C
1.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH FUNCTION
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode. D
3. Select “LOAD SIGNAL” and check indication under the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Indication E

ON ON
LOAD SIGNAL Rear window defogger switch
OFF OFF
F
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Go to EC-329, "Diagnosis Procedure". G
2.CHECK LIGHTING SWITCH FUNCTION
Check “LOAD SIGNAL” indication under the following conditions.
H
Monitor item Condition Indication
ON at 2nd position ON
LOAD SIGNAL Lighting switch I
OFF OFF
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. J
NO >> Go to EC-329, "Diagnosis Procedure".
3.CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL SWITCH FUNCTION
K
Select “HEATER FAN SW” and check indication under the following conditions.

Monitor item Condition Indication L

ON ON
HEATER FAN SW Heater fan control switch
OFF OFF
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-329, "Diagnosis Procedure".
N
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856834

1.INSPECTION START O
Confirm the malfunctioning circuit (rear window defogger, headlamp or heater fan). Refer to EC-329, "Compo-
nent Function Check".
Which circuit is related to the incident? P
Rear window defogger>>GO TO 2.
Headlamp>>GO TO 3.
Heater fan>>GO TO 4.
2.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM
Refer to DEF-3, "Work Flow".

EC-329
 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
>> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK HEADLAMP SYSTEM
Refer to EXL-7, "Work Flow" (XENON TYPE) or EXL-198, "Work Flow" (HALOGEN TYPE).

>> INSPECTION END

4.CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL SYSTEM
Refer to VTL-5, "System Description".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-330
 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT
A
Description INFOID:0000000003856835

The electronic controlled engine mount control solenoid valve controls the intake manifold vacuum signal for EC
electronic controlled engine mount. The electronic controlled engine mount control solenoid valve is moved by
ON/OFF signal from the ECM. When the solenoid is OFF, the vacuum signal from the intake manifold is cut.
When the solenoid is ON, the intake manifold vacuum signal is sent to the electronic controlled engine mount.
C
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000003856836

1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION D

1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Selector level position is D while depressing the brake pedal and parking brake pedal.
3. Disconnect electronic controlled engine mount control solenoid valve harness connector. E
4. Check that body vibration increases compared to the condition of step 2 above (with vehicle stopped).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END F
NO >> EC-331, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856837

G
1.CHECK VACUUM SOURCE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect electronic controlled engine mount control solenoid valve harness connector. H
3. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to electronic controlled engine mount.
4. Start engine and let it idle.
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum existence. I

Vacuum should exist.

Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK VACUUM HOSES AND VACUUM GALLERY K

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Check vacuum hoses and vacuum gallery for clogging, cracks or improper connection. Refer to EC-68,
"System Diagram". L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace vacuum hoses and vacuum gallery. M

3.CHECK ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY
CIRCUIT N
1. Disconnect electronic controlled engine mount control solenoid valve harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between front electronic controlled engine mount harness connector and ground. O

Electronic controlled engine mount

control solenoid valve Ground Voltage P
Connector Terminal
F11 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
EC-331
 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E6, F123
• 10A fuse (No. 3)
• Fuse block (J/B) E103
• Harness for open or short between electronic controlled engine mount control solenoid valve and fuse

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIG-
NAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and electronic controlled engine mount control
solenoid valve harness connector.

Electronic controlled engine

ECM
mount control solenoid valve Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F7 28 F11 2 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness connectors.
6.CHECK ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Refer to EC-332, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace electronic controlled engine mount control solenoid valve.
7.CHECK ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Install vacuum pump (A) to electronic controlled engine mount
(1).
3. Check that a vacuum is maintained when applying the vacuum
of -40 kPa (-400 mbar, -300 mmHg, -11.81 inHg) to electronic
controlled engine mount.
4. Also visually check electronic controlled engine mount.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace electronic controlled engine mount.

MBIB1237E

8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT

Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace intake manifold collector.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003856838

1.CHECK ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

With CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect electronic controlled engine mount control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Disconnect vacuum hoses connected to electronic controlled engine mount control solenoid valve.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
EC-332
 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
5. Select “ENGINE MOUNTING” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
6. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the A
following conditions.

Condition Air passage continuity Air passage continuity EC

(ENGINE MOUNTING) between (A) and (B) between (A) and (C)
TRVL Existed Not existed
IDLE Not existed Existed C
Without CONSULT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect electronic controlled engine mount control solenoid JMBIA0180ZZ D
valve harness connector.
3. Disconnect vacuum hoses connected to electronic controlled engine mount control solenoid valve.
4. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the E
following conditions.

Air passage continuity Air passage continuity F

Condition
between (A) and (B) between (A) and (C)
12 V direct current supply be-
Existed Not existed
tween terminals 1 and 2
G
No supply Not existed Existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END PBIB2532E H
NO >> Replace electronic controlled engine mount control sole-
noid valve.
I

EC-333
 FUEL INJECTOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
FUEL INJECTOR
Description INFOID:0000000003856839

The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injec-
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold.
The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura-
tion. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains
open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on
engine fuel needs.

PBIA9664J

Component Function Check INFOID:0000000003856840

1.INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch to START.
Are any cylinders ignited?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Go to EC-334, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR FUNCTION
With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine.
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.

Clicking sound should be heard.

Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-334, "Diagnosis Procedure".

PBIB3332E

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856841

1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between fuel injector harness connector and ground.

EC-334
 FUEL INJECTOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

Fuel injector A
Ground Voltage
Cylinder Connector Terminal
1 F37 1
EC
2 F38 1
3 F39 1
Ground Battery voltage
4 F40 1 C
5 F41 1
6 F42 1
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2. E
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• 10A fuse (No.44) F
• IPDM E/R harness connector E11
• Harness for open or short between fuel injector and fuse
G
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
H
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between fuel injector harness connector and ECM harness connector.
I
Fuel injector ECM
Continuity
Cylinder Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
J
1 F37 2 32
2 F38 2 31
3 F39 2 30 K
F7 Existed
4 F40 2 29
5 F41 2 3
L
6 F42 2 1
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR N

Refer to EC-336, "Component Inspection".

Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector.
5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT P
Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R.
NO >> INSPECTION END

EC-335
 FUEL INJECTOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003856842

1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
3. Check resistance between fuel injector terminals as per the fol-
lowing.

Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 11.1 - 14.5 Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector.

PBIB1727E

EC-336
 FUEL PUMP
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
FUEL PUMP
A
Description INFOID:0000000003856843

EC
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM Function Actuator
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Fuel pump relay
Engine speed*
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Fuel pump control ↓ C
Battery Battery voltage* Fuel pump

*: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
The ECM activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON to improve engine D
start ability. If the ECM receives a engine speed signal from the camshaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows
that the engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the engine speed signal is not received when
the ignition switch is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging,
E
thereby improving safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump
relay, which in turn controls the fuel pump.

Condition Fuel pump operation F

Ignition switch is turned to ON. Operates for 1 second.
Engine running and cranking Operates.
G
When engine is stopped Stops in 1.5 seconds.
Except as shown above Stops.
H
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000003856844

1.CHECK FUEL PUMP FUNCTION I

1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Pinch fuel feed hose with two fingers.
J
: Vehicle front (Illustration shows
the view with intake air duct re-
moved)
K
Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel feed
hose for 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON.
L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END JMBIA1391ZZ

NO >> EC-337, "Diagnosis Procedure".

M
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856845

1.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I N

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON. O
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM P
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F7 14 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.

EC-337
 FUEL PUMP
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

2.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II

Check the voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground.

IPDM E/R
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F12 77 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 14.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• IPDM E/R harness connector F12
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and ECM

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK CONDENSER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Check the voltage between condenser harness connector and ground.

Condenser
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
Battery voltage should exist for 1 second
B81 1 Ground
after ignition switch is turned ON.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK 15A FUSE
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect 15A fuse (No. 41).
3. Check 15A fuse.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace 15A fuse.
6.CHECK CONDENSER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and condenser harness connector.

IPDM E/R Condenser

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E10 13 B81 1 Existed
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
EC-338
 FUEL PUMP
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Check the following.
• Harness connectors E104, B4 A
• IPDM E/R connector E10
• Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and condenser
EC
>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK CONDENSER GROUND CIRCUIT
C
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between condenser harness connector and ground.

D
Condenser
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
B81 2 Ground Existed E
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9. F
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK CONDENSER G
Refer to EC-340, "Component Inspection (Condenser)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10. H
NO >> Replace condenser.
10.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
1. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector. I
2. Check harness continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel
pump” harness connector.
J
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel
IPDM E/R
pump Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal K
E10 13 B40 1 Existed
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 11.
11.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART M
Check the following.
• Harness connectors B4, E104
• Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and IPDM E/R N

>> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.

12.CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT O

1. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector and ground.
P

Fuel level sensor unit and fuel

pump Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
B40 3 Ground Existed
Is the inspection result normal?

EC-339
 FUEL PUMP
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
13.CHECK FUEL PUMP
Refer to EC-340, "Component Inspection (Fuel Pump)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Replace fuel pump.
14.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace IPDM E/R.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
Component Inspection (Fuel Pump) INFOID:0000000003856846

1.CHECK FUEL PUMP

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector.
3. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminals as per the following.

Terminals Resistance
1 and 3 0.2 - 5.0 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”
Component Inspection (Condenser) INFOID:0000000003856847

1.CHECK CONDENSER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
3. Check resistance between condenser terminals as per the following.

Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 Above 1 MΩ [at 25°C (77°F)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace condenser.

EC-340
 IGNITION SIGNAL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
IGNITION SIGNAL
A
Description INFOID:0000000003856848

The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the power transistor. The power transistor turns EC
ON and OFF the ignition coil primary circuit. This ON/OFF operation induces the proper high voltage in the coil
secondary circuit.
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000003856849 C

1.INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch OFF, and restart engine. D
Does the engine start?
YES-1 >> With CONSULT-III: GO TO 2.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT-III: GO TO 3. E
NO >> Go to EC-341, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK IGNITION SIGNAL FUNCTION
F
With CONSULT-III
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-341, "Diagnosis Procedure". H
3.CHECK IGNITION SIGNAL FUNCTION
Without CONSULT-III
1. Let engine idle. I
2. Read the voltage signal between ECM harness connector ground with an oscilloscope.

ECM J
Ground Voltage signal
Connector Terminal
9
K
10
11
F7 Ground
18 L
19
21 JMBIA0035GB
M
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-341, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856850
O

1.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I

P
1. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON.
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

ECM
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E16 105 Ground Battery voltage

EC-341
 IGNITION SIGNAL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Refer to EC-132, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between condenser harness connector and ground.

Condenser
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F13 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and condenser harness connector.

IPDM E/R Condenser

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F12 49 F13 1 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Refer to EC-132, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK CONDENSER GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between condenser harness connector and ground.

Condenser
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
F13 2 Ground Existed
3. Also check harness for short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK CONDENSER
Refer to EC-345, "Component Inspection (Condenser)"
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace condenser.
6.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Check the voltage between ignition coil harness connector and ground.

EC-342
 IGNITION SIGNAL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

Ignition coil A
Ground Voltage
Cylinder Connector Terminal
1 F31 3
EC
2 F32 3
3 F33 3
Ground Battery voltage
4 F34 3 C
5 F35 3
6 F36 3
D
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. E
7.CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check the continuity between ignition coil harness connector and ground. F

Ignition coil
Ground Continuity G
Cylinder Connector Terminal
1 F31 2
2 F32 2 H
3 F33 2
Ground Existed
4 F34 2
5 F35 2 I
6 F36 2
3. Also check harness for short to power. J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. K
8.CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
2. Check the continuity between ignition coil harness connector and ECM harness connector. L

Ignition coil ECM

Continuity M
Cylinder Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 F31 1 11
2 F32 1 10 N
3 F33 1 9
F7 Existed
4 F34 1 21
5 F35 1 19 O
6 F36 1 18
3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
9.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR
Refer to EC-344, "Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor)".
Is the inspection result normal?

EC-343
 IGNITION SIGNAL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor.
10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor) INFOID:0000000003856851

1.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR-I

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
3. Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as per the following.

Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]

1 and 2 Except 0 or ∞
1 and 3
Except 0
2 and 3
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor.
2.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR-II
CAUTION:
Perform the following procedure in a place with no combustible objects and good ventilation.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
3. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure.
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following pro-
cedure.
4. Start engine.
5. After engine stalls, crank it 2 or 3 times to release all fuel pressure.
6. Turn ignition switch OFF.
7. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils.
8. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked.
9. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
10. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.
11. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 -
0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal
portion as shown in the figure.
12. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and check whether spark is
generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal por-
tion.

Spark should be generated.

CAUTION:
• Never place to the spark plug and the ignition coil within
50 cm (19.7 in) each other. Be careful not to get an electri- JMBIA0066GB

cal shock while checking, because the electrical dis-

charge voltage becomes 20 kV or more.
• It might damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is made.
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), a spark might be generated even if the coil is a malfunc-
tioning.
Is the inspection result normal?

EC-344
 IGNITION SIGNAL
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor. A
Component Inspection (Condenser) INFOID:0000000003856852

1.CHECK CONDENSER EC

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.

2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
3. Check resistance between condenser terminals as per the following. C

Terminals Resistance
D
1 and 2 Above 1 MΩ [at 25C° (77C°)]
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END E
NO >> Replace condenser.

EC-345
 MALFUNCTION INDICATOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR
Description INFOID:0000000003856853

The Malfunction Indicator MI is located on the combination meter.

The MI will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON without
the engine running. This is a bulb check.
When the engine is started, the MI should turn off. If the MI remains
illuminated, the on board diagnostic system has detected an engine
system malfunction.
For details, refer to EC-102, "Diagnosis Description".

SEF217U

Component Function Check INFOID:0000000003856854

1.CHECK MI FUNCTION
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check that MI illuminates.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-346, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856855

1.CHECK DTC
Check that DTC U1000 or U1001 is not displayed.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000, U1001. Refer to EC-135, "Description".
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER FUNCTION
Refer to MWI-33, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace combination meter.
NO >> Repair or replace.

EC-346
 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
A
Description INFOID:0000000003856860

EC

SEC921C

This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold. G

The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake
manifold.
During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the PCV
valve. H
Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of ventilating air.
The ventilating air is drawn from the air inlet tubes into the crankcase. In this process the air passes through
the hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover. I
Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve.
The flow goes through the hose connection in the reverse direction.
On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not
meet the requirement. This is because some of the flow will go J
through the hose connection to the air inlet tubes under all condi-
tions.
K

PBIB1588E
M
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000003856861

1.CHECK PCV VALVE N

With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover. A
properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes through
it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger is O
placed over valve inlet.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END P
NO >> Replace PCV valve.

PBIB1589E

EC-347
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
Description INFOID:0000000003856862

The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the condenser of the air conditioner system. The sensor uses an
electrostatic volume pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The voltage signal is sent
to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system.

PBIB2657E

Component Function Check INFOID:0000000003856863

1.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR FUNCTION

1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

ECM
+ – Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal Terminal
39 40
F8 1.0 - 4.0
(Refrigerant pressure sensor signal) (Sensor ground)
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Go to EC-348, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000003856864

1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION

1. Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch OFF.
2. Stop engine.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF.
4. Check ground connection E38. Refer to Ground Inspection in GI-37, "Circuit Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
2.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ground.

Refrigerant pressure sensor

Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
E300 1 Ground Approx. 5
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
EC-348
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A

Check the following.

• Harness connectors F123, E6
EC
• IPDM E/R harness connectors E10, E346
• Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor

C
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. D
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor. E

Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal F
E300 3 F8 40 Existed
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
H
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the following.
• Harness connectors F123, E6 I
• IPDM E/R harness connectors E10, E346
• Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor
J
>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
K
1. Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.

L
Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E300 2 F8 39 Existed M
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8. N
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART O
Check the following.
• Harness connectors F123, E6
• IPDM E/R harness connectors E10, E346
• Harness for open or short between ECM and refrigerant pressure sensor P

>> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".
Is the inspection result normal?

EC-349
 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
YES >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

EC-350
 VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR SYSTEM
A
Description INFOID:0000000003856865

Power Valves 1 and 2 (VQ35DE engine) EC

The power valves 1 and 2 are installed in intake manifold collector and used to control the suction passage of
the variable induction air control system. They are set in the fully closed or fully opened position by the power
valve actuators 1 and 2 operated by the vacuum stored in the vacuum tank. The vacuum to power valve actu- C
ators is controlled by the VIAS control solenoid valves 1 and 2.
Power Valve (VQ25DE engine)
The power valve is installed in intake manifold collector and used to control the suction passage of the variable D
induction air control system. It is set in the fully closed or fully opened position by the power valve actuator
operated by the vacuum stored in the vacuum tank. The vacuum to power valve actuator is controlled by the
VIAS control solenoid valve.
E
Component Function Check (VQ35DE engine) INFOID:0000000003856866

1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I F

With CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Perform “VIAS S/V-1” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. G
3. Turn VIAS control solenoid valve 1 “ON” and “OFF”, and check that power valve actuator 1 rod moves.

JMBIA1386ZZ

K
1. Power valve actuator 1 2. Power valve actuator 1 rod 3. Power valve actuator 2
4. Power valve actuator 2 rod
: Vehicle front
L
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. When revving engine up to 5,000 rpm quickly. M
3. Check that power valve actuator 1 rod moves under the following conditions.

JMBIA1386ZZ

1. Power valve actuator 1 2. Power valve actuator 1 rod 3. Power valve actuator 2
4. Power valve actuator 2 rod
: Vehicle front

EC-351
 VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

Condition Operation
Idle Existed
When revving engine up to 5,000 rpm quickly Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> EC-353, "Diagnosis Procedure (VQ35DE engine)".
2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II
With CONSULT-III
1. Perform “VIAS S/V-2” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
2. Turn VIAS control solenoid valve 2 “ON” and “OFF”, and check that power valve actuator 2 rod moves.

JMBIA1386ZZ

1. Power valve actuator 1 2. Power valve actuator 1 rod 3. Power valve actuator 2
4. Power valve actuator 2 rod
: Vehicle front

Without CONSULT-III
1. When revving engine up to 5,000 rpm quickly.
2. Check that power valve actuator 2 rod moves under the following conditions.

JMBIA1386ZZ

1. Power valve actuator 1 2. Power valve actuator 1 rod 3. Power valve actuator 2
4. Power valve actuator 2 rod
: Vehicle front

Condition Operation
Idle Existed
When revving engine up to 5,000 rpm quickly Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> EC-353, "Diagnosis Procedure (VQ35DE engine)".

EC-352
 VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Component Function Check (VQ25DE engine) INFOID:0000000003895854

A
1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION
With CONSULT-III
EC
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. Perform “VIAS S/V-1” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
3. Turn VIAS control solenoid valve 1 “ON” and “OFF”, and check
that power valve actuator (1) rod (2) moves. C

: Vehicle front
D

JMBIA1387ZZ

F
Without CONSULT-III
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
2. When revving engine up to 5,000 rpm quickly. G
3. Check that power valve actuator (1) rod (2) moves under the fol-
lowing conditions.
H
: Vehicle front

Condition Operation I
Idle Existed
When revving engine up to 5,000 rpm quickly Not existed
J
Is the inspection result normal? JMBIA1387ZZ

YES >> INSPECTION END

NO >> EC-355, "Diagnosis Procedure (VQ25DE engine)".
K
Diagnosis Procedure (VQ35DE engine) INFOID:0000000003856867

1.INSPECTION START L
Confirm the malfunctioning system (power valve 1 or power valve 2). Refer to EC-351, "Component Function
Check (VQ35DE engine)".
Which system is related to the incident? M
Power valve 1>>GO TO 2.
Power valve 2>>GO TO 6.
2.CHECK VACUUM EXISTENCE-I N

With CONSULT-III
1. Stop engine and disconnect vacuum hose connected to power valve actuator 1. O
2. Start engine and let it idle.
3. Perform “VIAS S/V-1” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Turn VIAS control solenoid valve 1 “ON” and “OFF”, and check vacuum existence under the following con-
ditions. P

VIAS S/V 1 Vacuum

ON Existed
OFF Not existed

Without CONSULT-III

EC-353
 VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
1. Stop engine and disconnect vacuum hose connected to power valve actuator 1.
2. Disconnect VIAS control solenoid valve 1 harness connector.
3. Start engine.
4. When revving engine up to 5,000 rpm quickly.
5. Check vacuum existence under the following conditions.

Condition Operation
Idle Existed
When revving engine up to 5,000 rpm quickly Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Repair or replace power valve actuator 1.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK VACUUM TANK
1. Stop engine and disconnect vacuum hose connected to intake manifold collector.
2. Start engine and let it idle.
3. Check vacuum existence from intake manifold collector.
Does vacuum existence from the intake manifold collector?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace intake manifold collector.
4.CHECK VACUUM HOSE
1. Stop engine.
2. Check vacuum hose for cracks, clogging, improper connection
or disconnection. Refer to EC-93, "System Diagram".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair hoses or tubes.

SEF109L

5.CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1

Refer to EC-286, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace VIAS control solenoid valve 1.
6.CHECK VACUUM EXISTENCE-II
With CONSULT-III
1. Stop engine and disconnect vacuum hose connected to power valve actuator 2.
2. Start engine and let it idle.
3. Perform “VIAS S/V-2” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Turn VIAS control solenoid valve 2 “ON” and “OFF”, and check vacuum existence under the following con-
ditions.

VIAS S/V 2 Vacuum

ON Existed
OFF Not existed

Without CONSULT-III
1. Stop engine and disconnect vacuum hose connected to power valve actuator 2.
2. Disconnect VIAS control solenoid valve 1 harness connector.
3. Start engine.

EC-354
 VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
4. When revving engine up to 5,000 rpm quickly.
5. Check vacuum existence under the following conditions. A

Condition Operation
Idle Existed EC
When revving engine up to 5,000 rpm quickly Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> Repair or replace power valve actuator 2.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK VACUUM HOSE D
1. Stop engine.
2. Check vacuum hose for cracks, clogging, improper connection
or disconnection. Refer to EC-93, "System Diagram". E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair hoses or tubes. F

SEF109L

8.CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 2 H

Refer to EC-289, "Component Inspection".

Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace VIAS control solenoid valve 2.
9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT J
Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".

K
>> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure (VQ25DE engine) INFOID:0000000003896867

L
1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the malfunctioning system (power valve). Refer to EC-353, "Component Function Check (VQ25DE
engine)". M
Which system is related to the incident?
>> GO TO 2.
N
2.CHECK VACUUM EXISTENCE
With CONSULT-III
1. Stop engine and disconnect vacuum hose connected to power valve actuator. O
2. Start engine and let it idle.
3. Perform “VIAS S/V-1” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III.
4. Turn VIAS control solenoid valve “ON” and “OFF”, and check vacuum existence under the following condi-
tions. P

VIAS S/V Vacuum

ON Existed
OFF Not existed

Without CONSULT-III

EC-355
 VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR SYSTEM
< COMPONENT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
1. Stop engine and disconnect vacuum hose connected to power valve actuator 1.
2. Disconnect VIAS control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Start engine.
4. When revving engine up to 5,000 rpm quickly.
5. Check vacuum existence under the following conditions.

Condition Operation
Idle Existed
When revving engine up to 5,000 rpm quickly Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Repair or replace power valve actuator.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK VACUUM TANK
1. Stop engine and disconnect vacuum hose connected to intake manifold collector.
2. Start engine and let it idle.
3. Check vacuum existence from intake manifold collector.
Does vacuum existence from the intake manifold collector?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace intake manifold collector.
4.CHECK VACUUM HOSE
1. Stop engine.
2. Check vacuum hose for cracks, clogging, improper connection
or disconnection. Refer to EC-93, "System Diagram".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair hoses or tubes.

SEF109L

5.CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Refer to EC-286, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace VIAS control solenoid valve.
6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Refer to GI-35, "Intermittent Incident".

>> INSPECTION END

EC-356
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

ECU DIAGNOSIS A
ECM
Reference Value INFOID:0000000003856868
EC

VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL

Remarks: C
l Specification data are reference values.
l Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector.
* Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations.
I.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show D
the specification data in spite of the ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIM-
ING monitors the data calculated by the ECM according to the signals input from the camshaft position sensor
and other ignition timing related sensors. E

Monitor Item Condition Values/Status

Almost the same speed as F
ENG SPEED Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer indication.
the tachometer indication.
MAS A/F SE-B1 See EC-124, "Description".
B/FUEL SCHDL See EC-124, "Description". G
A/F ALPHA-B1 See EC-124, "Description".
A/F ALPHA-B2 See EC-124, "Description".
H
COOLAN TEMP/S • Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F)
A/F SEN1 (B1) • Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Fluctuates around 2.2 V
A/F SEN1 (B2) • Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Fluctuates around 2.2 V I
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions
are met.
0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 -
HO2S2 (B1) - Engine: After warming up
- After keeping engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
1.0 V J
idle for 1 minute under no load
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions
are met. K
0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 -
HO2S2 (B2) - Engine: After warming up
1.0 V
- After keeping engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load
L
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions
are met.
HO2S2 MNTR (B1) - Engine: After warming up LEAN ←→ RICH
- After keeping engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at M
idle for 1 minute under no load
• Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions
are met. N
HO2S2 MNTR (B2) - Engine: After warming up LEAN ←→ RICH
- After keeping engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer in- Almost the same speed as O
VHCL SPEED SE
dication. speedometer indication
BATTERY VOLT • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14 V
P
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.5 - 1.0 V
ACCEL SEN 1
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.2 - 4.8 V

• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.5 - 1.0 V

ACCEL SEN 2*1 (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.2 - 4.8 V

EC-357
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Monitor Item Condition Values/Status
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V
TP SEN 1-B1 (Engine stopped)
• Selector lever: D Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V

• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V

TP SEN 2-B1*1 (Engine stopped)
• Selector lever: D Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V

Indicates intake air tempera-

INT/A TEMP SE • Ignition switch: ON
ture
START SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON → START → ON OFF → ON → OFF

• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON

CLSD THL POS
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
• Engine: After warming up, idle the
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON
engine ON
(Compressor operates.)
Selector lever: P or N ON
P/N POSI SW • Ignition switch: ON
Selector lever: Except above OFF

• Engine: After warming up, idle the Steering wheel: Not being turned OFF
PW/ST SIGNAL
engine Steering wheel: Being turned ON
Rear window defogger switch: ON
and/or ON
LOAD SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON Lighting switch: 2nd position
Rear window defogger switch and lighting
OFF
switch: OFF
IGNITION SW • Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON ON → OFF → ON

• Engine: After warming up, idle the Heater fan switch: ON ON

HEATER FAN SW
engine Heater fan switch: OFF OFF
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
BRAKE SW • Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
• Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec
• Selector lever: P or N
INJ PULSE-B1
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec
• Selector lever: P or N
INJ PULSE-B2
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 7° - 17° BTDC
• Selector lever: P or N
IGN TIMING
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 25° - 45° BTDC
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 5% - 35%
• Selector lever: P or N
CAL/LD VALUE
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 5% - 35%
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 6.0 g·m/s
• Selector lever: P or N
MASS AIRFLOW
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 7.0 - 20.0 g·m/s
• No load

• Engine: After warming up Idle

• Selector lever: P or N (Accelerator pedal: Not depressed even 0%
PURG VOL C/V slightly, after engine starting.)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• No load 2,000 rpm —

EC-358
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Monitor Item Condition Values/Status
A
• Engine: After warming up Idle −5° - 5°CA
• Selector lever: P or N
INT/V TIM (B1)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 0° - 30°CA
• No load EC
• Engine: After warming up Idle −5° - 5°CA
• Selector lever: P or N
INT/V TIM (B2)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 0° - 30°CA
• No load
C
• Engine: After warming up Idle 0% - 2%
• Selector lever: P or N
INT/V SOL (B1) D
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 0% - 50%
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 0% - 2%
• Selector lever: P or N E
INT/V SOL (B2)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 0% - 50%
• No load
• Engine: After warming up
• Selector lever: P or N When revving engine up to 5,000 rpm
F
VIAS S/V-1 OFF →ON → OFF
• Air conditioner switch: OFF quickly
• No load
• Engine: After warming up G
• Selector lever: P or N When revving engine up to 5,000 rpm
VIAS S/V-2 OFF →ON → OFF
• Air conditioner switch: OFF quickly
• No load
H
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
• Engine: After warming up, idle the
AIR COND RLY Air conditioner switch: ON
engine ON
(Compressor operates)
I
Below 950 rpm IDLE
ENGINE MOUNT • Engine: After warming up
Above 950 rpm TRVL
• For 1 second after turning ignition switch: ON J
ON
FUEL PUMP RLY • Engine running or cranking
• Except above OFF
THRTL RELAY • Ignition switch: ON ON K
Engine coolant temperature: 97°C
OFF
(206°F) or less
L
Engine coolant temperature: Between
• Engine: After warming up, idle the LOW
98°C (208°F) and 99°C (210°F)
COOLING FAN engine
• Air conditioner switch: OFF Engine coolant temperature: Between
MID M
100°C (212°F) and 104°C (219°F)
Engine coolant temperature: 105°C
HI
(221°F) or more
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met. N
- Engine: After warming up
ON
HO2S2 HTR (B1) - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load
O
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
- Engine: After warming up P
ON
HO2S2 HTR (B2) - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load
• Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF
Almost the same speed as
I/P PULLY SPD • Vehicle speed: More than 20km/h (12 MPH)
the tachometer indication
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer in- Almost the same speed as
VEHICLE SPEED
dication. the speedometer indication

EC-359
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Monitor Item Condition Values/Status
Idle air volume learning has not been per-
YET
formed yet.
IDL A/V LEARN • Engine: Running
Idle air volume learning has already been
CMPLT
performed successfully.
ENG OIL TEMP • Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F)
Vehicle has traveled after MI has illumi- 0 - 65,535 km
TRVL AFTER MIL • Ignition switch: ON
nated. (0 - 40,723 miles)
• Engine: After warming up, idle the engine
A/F S1 HTR (B1) 4 - 100%
(More than 140 seconds after starting engine)
• Engine: After warming up, idle the engine
A/F S1 HTR (B2) 4 - 100%
(More than 140 seconds after starting engine)
• Engine: Idle
AC PRESS SEN 1.0 - 4.0 V
• Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON (Compressor operates)
• Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer in- Almost the same speed as
VHCL SPEED SE
dication. the speedometer indication
The preset vehicle speed is
SET VHCL SPD • Engine: Running ASCD: Operating
displayed
MAIN switch: Pressed ON
MAIN SW • Ignition switch: ON
MAIN switch: Released OFF
CANCEL switch: Pressed ON
CANCEL SW • Ignition switch: ON
CANCEL switch: Released OFF
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch:
ON
Pressed
RESUME/ACC SW • Ignition switch: ON
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Re-
OFF
leased
SET/COAST switch: Pressed ON
SET SW • Ignition switch: ON
SET/COAST switch: Released OFF

BRAKE SW1 Brake pedal: Fully released ON

• Ignition switch: ON
(ASCD brake switch) Brake pedal: Slightly depressed OFF

BRAKE SW2 Brake pedal: Fully released OFF

• Ignition switch: ON
(Stop lamp switch) Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
VHCL SPD CUT • Ignition switch: ON NON
LO SPEED CUT • Ignition switch: ON NON
AT OD MONITOR • Ignition switch: ON OFF
AT OD CANCEL • Ignition switch: ON OFF
MAIN switch: Pressed at the 1st time →
CRUISE LAMP • Ignition switch: ON ON → OFF
at the 2nd time
• MAIN switch: ON ASCD: Operating ON
• When vehicle speed is between
SET LAMP
40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h ASCD: Not operating OFF
(89 MPH)
ALT DUTY • Engine: Idle 0 - 80%
A/F ADJ-B1 • Engine: Running −0.330 - 0.330
A/F ADJ-B2 • Engine: Running −0.330 - 0.330
• Engine speed: Idle
• Battery: Fully charged*2
BAT CUR SEN • Selector lever: P or N Approx. 2,600 - 3,500 mV
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• No load

EC-360
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Monitor Item Condition Values/Status
A
• Power generation voltage variable control: Operating ON
ALT DUTY SIG
• Power generation voltage variable control: Not operating OFF
*1: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM internally. Thus, they differ EC
from ECM terminals voltage signal.
*2: Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-3, "How to Handle Battery".

TERMINAL LAYOUT C

PBIA9221J F
PHYSICAL VALUES

NOTE: G
• ECM is located in the engine room left side near battery. For this inspection, remove passenger side instru-
ment lower panel.
• Specification data are reference values. H
• Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III.

Terminal No. Description

Value I
Input/ Condition
+ -– Signal name (Approx.)
Output
1 BATTERY VOLTAGE J
Fuel injector No. 6
(P/B) (11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
3
Fuel injector No. 5 • Warm-up condition
(L/W)
• Idle speed K
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de-
29
Fuel injector No. 4 pending on rpm at idle
(LG/R)
L
112 JMBIA0047GB
Output
30 (B) BATTERY VOLTAGE
Fuel injector No. 3
(R/Y) (11 - 14 V) M
31
Fuel injector No. 2
(R/W) [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm N
32
Fuel injector No. 1
(R/B)
JMBIA0048GB O
2 112 Throttle control motor relay BATTERY VOLTAGE
Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(G/W) (B) power supply (11 - 14 V)

2.9 - 8.8 V P
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
4 112 A/F sensor 1 heater
Output • Idle speed
(BR/Y) (B) (Bank 1)
(More than 140 seconds after
starting engine)

JMBIA0902GB

EC-361
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Terminal No. Description
Value
Input/ Condition
+ -– Signal name (Approx.)
Output

0 - 14 V

[Ignition switch: ON]

• Engine stopped
• Selector lever: D
• Accelerator pedal: Fully de-
pressed

JMBIA0031GB
5 112
Throttle control motor (Open) Output
(L) (B)
0 - 14 V

[Ignition switch: ON]

• Engine stopped
• Selector lever: D
• Accelerator pedal: Fully re-
leased

JMBIA0032GB

0 - 14 V

[Ignition switch: ON]

• Engine stopped
6 112
Throttle control motor (Close) Output • Selector lever: D
(P) (B)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully re-
leased

JMBIA1125GB

2.9 - 8.8 V

[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
8 112
A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 2) Output • Idle speed
(SB) (B)
(More than 140 seconds after
starting engine)

JMBIA0030GB

9 0 - 0.2 V
Ignition signal No. 3
(L/B)
[Engine is running]
10 • Warm-up condition
Ignition signal No. 2
(G/R) • Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de-
11
Ignition signal No. 1 pending on rpm at idle
(Y/R)
112 JMBIA0035GB
Output
18 (B)
Ignition signal No. 6 0.1 - 0.4 V
(GR/R)
19
Ignition signal No. 5 [Engine is running]
(P)
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
21
Ignition signal No. 4
(W)
JMBIA0036GB

12
— ECM ground — — —
(B)

EC-362
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Terminal No. Description
Value A
Input/ Condition
+ -– Signal name (Approx.)
Output
[Engine is running] 10 V
• Engine speed: Below 3,600 EC
rpm after the following condi-
tions are met
- Engine: after warming up
- Keeping the engine speed be-
C
13 112 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heat- tween 3,500 and 4,000 rpm
Output for 1 minute and at idle for 1
(P/B) (B) er (Bank 1)
minute under no load JMBIA0902GB
D
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running]
(11 - 14 V) E
• Engine speed: Above 3,600
rpm
[Ignition switch: ON]
• For 1 second after turning ig-
0 - 1.5 V
F
nition switch ON
14 112 [Engine is running]
Fuel pump relay Output
(GR) (B)
[Ignition switch: ON] G
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than 1 second after turn-
(11 - 14 V)
ing ignition switch ON
0 - 1.0 V → BATTERY VOLTAGE
15 112 [Ignition switch: ON → OFF] H
Throttle control motor relay Output (11 - 14 V) → 0 V
(O) (B)
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0 V
16
— ECM ground — — — I
(B/Y)
[Engine is running] 10 V
• Engine speed: Below 3,600
rpm after the following condi- J
tions are met
- Engine: after warming up
- Keeping the engine speed be-
tween 3,500 and 4,000 rpm
K
17 112 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heat-
Output for 1 minute and at idle for 1
(R) (B) er (Bank 2)
minute under no load JMBIA0902GB

[Ignition switch: ON] L

• Engine stopped
BATTERY VOLTAGE
[Engine is running]
(11 - 14 V)
• Engine speed: Above 3,600
rpm M
[Engine is running]
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0 - 1.5 V
• A few seconds after turning N
24 112 ECM relay ignition switch OFF
Output
(W/B) (B) (Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• More than a few seconds after O
(11 - 14 V)
turning ignition switch OFF

EC-363
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Terminal No. Description
Value
Input/ Condition
+ -– Signal name (Approx.)
Output
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
• Accelerator pedal: Not de-
pressed even slightly, after
engine starting

25 112 EVAP canister purge volume JMBIA0039GB

Output
(P/L) (B) control solenoid valve BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)

[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: About 2,000
rpm (More than 100 seconds
after starting engine)

JMBIA0040GB

[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Warm-up condition
(11 - 14 V)
• Idle speed
26 112 BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V)
VIAS control solenoid valve 2 Output [Engine is running]
(GR/B) (B) ↓
• Warm-up condition
0 - 1.0 V
• When revving engine up to
↓
5,000 rpm quickly
BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Warm-up condition
(11 - 14 V)
• Idle speed
27 112 BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V)
VIAS control solenoid valve 1 Output [Engine is running]
(V) (B) ↓
• Warm-up condition
0 - 1.0 V
• When revving engine up to
↓
5,000 rpm quickly
BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0 V
• Idle speed
28 112 Electronic controlled engine
Output [Engine is running]
(BR/W) (B) mount control solenoid valve BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Engine speed: More than 950
(11 - 14 V)
rpm
[Engine is running]
• Revving engine from idle to
3,000 rpm quickly after the fol-
lowing conditions are met
33 35 Heated oxygen sensor 2
Input - Engine: after warming up 0 - 1.0 V
(W) (B) (Bank 1)
- Keeping the engine speed be-
tween 3,500 and 4,000 rpm
for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load
[Engine is running]
• Revving engine from idle to
3,000 rpm quickly after the fol-
lowing conditions are met
34 35 Heated oxygen sensor 2
Input - Engine: after warming up 0 - 1.0 V
(W/L) (B) (Bank 2)
- Keeping the engine speed be-
tween 3,500 and 4,000 rpm
for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load

EC-364
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Terminal No. Description
Value A
Input/ Condition
+ -– Signal name (Approx.)
Output
35 Sensor ground
— — — — EC
(B) (Heated oxygen sensor 2)
36 Sensor ground
— — — —
(B) (Throttle position sensor)
[Ignition switch: ON] C
• Engine stopped
• Selector lever: D More than 0.36 V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully re- D
37 36 leased
Throttle position sensor 1 Input
(W) (B) [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Selector lever: D Less than 4.75 V E
• Accelerator pedal: Fully de-
pressed
[Ignition switch: ON] F
• Engine stopped
• Selector lever: D Less than 4.75 V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully re-
38 36 leased G
Throttle position sensor 2 Input
(R) (B) [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Selector lever: D More than 0.36 V H
• Accelerator pedal: Fully de-
pressed
[Engine is running]
I
• Warm-up condition
39 40
Refrigerant pressure sensor Input • Both A/C switch and blower 1.0 - 4.0 V
(R) (G)
fan motor switch: ON (Com-
pressor operates) J
40 Sensor ground
— — — —
(G) (Refrigerant pressure sensor)
[Engine is running]
0.5 - 4.5 V
K
• Steering wheel: Being turned
41 48 Power steering pressure sen-
Input [Engine is running]
(O/B) (B/P) sor
• Steering wheel: Not being 0.4 - 0.8 V L
turned
[Engine is running]
42 44
Battery current sensor Input • Battery: Fully charged*2 2.6 - 3.5 V
(BR) (G/B) M
• Idle speed
44 Sensor ground
— — — —
(G/B) (Battery current sensor)
N
45 49
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 1) Input [Ignition switch: ON] 2.2 V
(P) (L)
0 - 4.8 V
46 52 Engine coolant temperature O
Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with engine
(Y) (B/R) sensor
coolant temperature.
47 36 Sensor power supply
— [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(G) (B) (Throttle position sensor) P
Sensor ground
48
— (Power steering pressure — — —
(B/P)
sensor)
[Engine is running] 1.8 V
49 112
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 1) Input • Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with air fuel
(L) (B)
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm ratio.

EC-365
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Terminal No. Description
Value
Input/ Condition
+ -– Signal name (Approx.)
Output
0 - 4.8 V
50 56
Intake air temperature sensor Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with intake
(L/Y) (G/B)
air temperature.
51 44 Sensor power supply
— [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(R/Y) (G/B) (Battery current sensor)
Sensor ground
52 (Engine coolant temperature
— — — —
(B/R) sensor/Engine oil tempera-
ture sensor)
53 57
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 2) Input [Ignition switch: ON] 2.2 V
(V) (LG)
0 - 4.8 V
54 52
Engine oil temperature sensor Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with engine
(G) (B/R)
oil temperature.
Sensor power supply
55 48
(Power steering pressure — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(SB) (Y)
sensor)
Sensor ground
56
— (Mass air flow sensor/Intake — — —
(G/B)
air temperature sensor)
[Engine is running] 1.8 V
57 112
A/F sensor 1 (Bank 2) Input • Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with air fuel
(LG) (B)
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm ratio.
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 0.9 - 1.2 V
58 56 • Idle speed
Mass air flow sensor Input
(O) (G/B) [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 1.6 - 1.9 V
• Engine speed: 2,500 rpm
Sensor power supply
59 64
[Camshaft position sensor — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(G/W) (B/R)
(PHASE) (Bank 1)]
Sensor ground
60
— [Crankshaft position sensor — — —
(Y/B)
(POS)]
61 67 [Engine is running]
(B) (GR)
Knock sensor (Bank 1) Input
• Idle speed 2.5 V*1

62 67 [Engine is running]
(W) (GR)
Knock sensor (Bank 2) Input
• Idle speed 2.5 V*1

Sensor power supply

63 68
[Camshaft position sensor — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(R/W) (Y/G)
(PHASE) (Bank 2)]
Sensor ground
64
— [Camshaft position sensor — — —
(B/R)
(PHASE) (Bank 1)]

EC-366
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Terminal No. Description
Value A
Input/ Condition
+ -– Signal name (Approx.)
Output

4.0 - 5.0 V
EC
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE: C
The pulse cycle changes de-
pending on rpm at idle
JMBIA0041GB
65 60 Crankshaft position sensor D
Input
(W/B) (Y/B) (POS)
4.0 - 5.0 V

E
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

F
JMBIA0042GB

67 Sensor ground
— — — —
(GR) (Knock sensor) G
Sensor ground
68
— [Camshaft position sensor — — —
(Y/G)
(PHASE) (Bank 2)] H
3.0 - 5.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition I
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de-
pending on rpm at idle J
69 68 Camshaft position sensor JMBIA0045GB
Input
(BR/W) (Y/G) (PHASE) (Bank 2)
3.0 - 5.0 V
K

[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is 2,000 rpm L

JMBIA0046GB
M
3.0 - 5.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
N
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de-
pending on rpm at idle O
70 64 Camshaft position sensor JMBIA0045GB
Input
(W/R) (B/R) (PHASE) (Bank 1)
3.0 - 5.0 V
P

[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is 2,000 rpm

JMBIA0046GB

EC-367
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Terminal No. Description
Value
Input/ Condition
+ -– Signal name (Approx.)
Output
72 40 Sensor power supply
— [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(BR/W) (G) (Refrigerant pressure sensor)
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Warm-up condition
(11 - 14 V)
• Idle speed

7 - 12 V
75 112 Intake valve timing control so-
Output
(Y) (B) lenoid valve (Bank 2) [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000rpm

JMBIA0038GB

Sensor power supply

76 60
[Crankshaft position sensor — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(R/G) (Y/B)
(POS)]
77 112 Power supply for ECM (Back- BATTERY VOLTAGE
Input [Ignition switch: OFF]
(W/L) (B) up) (11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Warm-up condition
(11 - 14 V)
• Idle speed

7 - 12 V
78 112 Intake valve timing control so-
Output
(R/L) (B) lenoid valve (Bank 1) [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
• Engine speed: 2,000rpm

JMBIA0038GB

[Ignition switch: ON]

• Engine stopped
0.5 - 1.0 V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully re-
81 84 Accelerator pedal position leased
Input
(W) (B) sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
4.2 - 4.8 V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully de-
pressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
0.25 - 0.50 V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully re-
82 100 Accelerator pedal position leased
Input
(O) (G) sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
2.0 - 2.5 V
• Accelerator pedal: Fully de-
pressed
Sensor power supply
83 84
(Accelerator pedal position — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(BR) (B)
sensor 1)
Sensor ground
84
— (Accelerator pedal position — — —
(B)
sensor 1)

EC-368
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Terminal No. Description
Value A
Input/ Condition
+ -– Signal name (Approx.)
Output
[Ignition switch: ON]
4V EC
• ASCD steering switch: OFF
[Ignition switch: ON]
0V
• MAIN switch: Pressed
[Ignition switch: ON] C
85 92 1V
ASCD steering switch Input • CANCEL switch: Pressed
(Y) (BR)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• RESUME/ACCELERATE 3V D
switch: Pressed
[Ignition switch: ON]
2V
• SET/COAST switch: Pressed E
Sensor power supply
87 100
(Accelerator pedal position — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(GR) (G)
sensor 2)
F
88 Input/
— Data link connector — —
(O) Output
92 Sensor ground
— — — — G
(BR) (ASCD steering switch)
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0V
93 112
Ignition switch Input BATTERY VOLTAGE
(BR) (B) [Ignition switch: ON] H
(11 - 14 V)

1V
[Engine is running] I
• Warm-up condition
• Idle speed
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de- J
pending on rpm at idle

94 112 JMBIA0076GB
Engine speed output signal Output
(GR) (B) K
1V

[Engine is running] L
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm

M
JMBIA0077GB

97 Input/
— CAN communication line — —
(P) Output
N
98 Input/
— CAN communication line — —
(L) Output
Sensor ground
100 O
— (Accelerator pedal position — — —
(G)
sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
102 112 • Selector lever: P or N (11 - 14 V) P
PNP signal Input
(R) (B) [Ignition switch: ON]
0V
• Selector lever: Except above
105 112 BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(V) (B) (11 - 14 V)

EC-369
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Terminal No. Description
Value
Input/ Condition
+ -– Signal name (Approx.)
Output
[Ignition switch: OFF]
0V
• Brake pedal: Fully released
106 112
Stop lamp switch Input [Ignition switch: OFF]
(SB) (B) BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Brake pedal: Slightly de-
(11 - 14 V)
pressed
107
(B)
— ECM ground — — —
108
(B)
[Ignition switch: ON]
• Brake pedal: Slightly de- 0V
110 112 pressed
ASCD brake switch Input
(G) (B)
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
• Brake pedal: Fully released (11 - 14 V)
111
(B)
— ECM ground — — —
112
(B)

: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
*1: This may vary depending on internal resistance of the tester.
*2: Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-3, "How to Handle Battery".

EC-370
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Wiring Diagram—ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM— INFOID:0000000003856869

EC

JCBWM0560GB
P

EC-371
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

JCBWM0561GB

EC-372
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

EC

JCBWM0562GB

EC-373
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

JCBWM0563GB

EC-374
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

EC

JCBWM0564GB

EC-375
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

JCBWM0565GB

EC-376
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

EC

JCBWM0566GB

EC-377
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

JCBWM0567GB

EC-378
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

EC

JCBWM0568GB

EC-379
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

JCBWM0569GB

EC-380
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

EC

JCBWM0570GB

EC-381
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

JCBWM0571GB

EC-382
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

EC

JCBWM0572GB

EC-383
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

JCBWM0573GB

EC-384
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

EC

JCBWM0574GB

EC-385
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

JCBWM0575GB

Fail safe INFOID:0000000003856870

NON DTC RELATED ITEM

EC-386
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

Engine operating condi- Reference A

Detected items Remarks
tion in fail-safe mode page
Engine speed will not Malfunction indicator When there is an open circuit on MI circuit, the ECM cannot warn the
rise more than 2,500 rpm circuit driver by illuminating MI when there is malfunction on engine control
EC
due to the fuel cut system.
Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related
diagnoses are continuously detected as NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the EC-346
driver that engine control system malfunctions and MI circuit is open by C
means of operating the fail-safe function.
The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MI
circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction.
D
DTC RELATED ITEM

DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode

E
P0011 Intake valve timing control The signal is not energized to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve and the valve
P0021 control does not function.
P0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
F
P0103
P0117 Engine coolant tempera- Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following condition.
P0118 ture sensor circuit CONSULT-III displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
G
Engine coolant temperature decided
Condition
(CONSULT-III display)
Just as ignition switch is turned ON
40°C (104°F) H
or START
Approx. 4 minutes or more after
80°C (176°F)
engine starting
I
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
Except as shown above
(Depends on the time)
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling
fan operates while engine is running. J
P0122 Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P0123 order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P0222 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal K
P0223 condition.
P2135 So, the acceleration will be poor.
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor The cooling fan operates (Highest) while engine is running. L
P0605 ECM (When ECM calculation function is a malfunctioning:)
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
ECM deactivates ASCD operation. M
P0643 Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
N
P1805 Brake switch ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a
small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Vehicle condition Driving condition O
When engine is idling Normal
When accelerating Poor acceleration
P
P2100 Throttle control motor relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P2103 fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2101 Electric throttle control ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
function fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2118 Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.

EC-387
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode
P2119 Electric throttle control ac- (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring
tuator malfunction:)
ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the
idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
(When throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range:)
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator because of regulating the throttle open-
ing to 20 degrees or less.
(When ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open:)
While the vehicle is being driver, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle
stops, the engine stalls.
The engine can restart in N or P position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm or
more.
P2122 Accelerator pedal position The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P2123 sensor order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P2127 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
P2128 condition.
P2138 So, the acceleration will be poor.

DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000003856871

If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.

Priority Detected items (DTC)

1 • U1000 U1001 CAN communication line
• P0102 P0103 Mass air flow sensor
• P0112 P0113 Intake air temperature sensor
• P0117 P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor
• P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P1225 P1226 P2135 Throttle position sensor
• P0327 P0328 P0332 P0333 Knock sensor
• P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• P0340 P0345 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
• P0500 Vehicle speed sensor
• P0605 P0607 ECM
• P0643 Sensor power supply
• P0705 P0850 Park/Neutral position (PNP) switch
• P1550 P1551 P1552 P1553 P1554 Battery current sensor
• P1610 - P1615 NATS
• P1700 CVT control system
• P2122 P2123 P2127 P2128 P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor

EC-388
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Priority Detected items (DTC)
A
2 • P0031 P0032 P0051 P0052 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
• P0037 P0038 P0057 P0058 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
• P0075 P0081 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
• P0130 P0131 P0132 P0133 P0150 P0151 P0152 P0153 P2A00 P2A03 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 EC
• P0137 P0138 P0139 P0157 P0158 P0159 Heated oxygen sensor 2
• P0444 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
• P0550 Power steering pressure sensor
• P0603 ECM power supply C
• P0710 P0715 P0720 P0740 P0744 P0745 P0746 P0776 P0778 P0840 P0845 P1740 CVT related sensors, solenoid valves
and switches
• P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT)
• P1720 Vehicle speed sensor D
• P1777 P1778 CVT step motor
• P1800 P1801 VIAS control solenoid valve
• P1805 Brake switch
• P2100 P2103 Throttle control motor relay
E
• P2101 Electric throttle control function
• P2118 Throttle control motor
3 • P0011 P0021 Intake valve timing control F
• P0171 P0172 P0174 P0175 Fuel injection system function
• P0300 - P0306 Misfire
• P0420 P0430 Three way catalyst function
• P1212 TCS communication line G
• P1564 ASCD steering switch
• P1572 ASCD brake switch
• P1574 ASCD vehicle speed sensor
H
• P1715 Primary speed sensor
• P2119 Electric throttle control actuator

DTC Index INFOID:0000000003856872

I
×:Applicable —: Not applicable
1
DTC* J
Items Reference
CONSULT-III SRT code Trip MI
(CONSULT-III screen terms) page
ECM*3
GST*2
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1000 1000*4 — 1 × EC-135 K
CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1001 1001*4 — 2 — EC-135
NO DTC IS DETECTED. L
FURTHER TESTING P0000 0000 — — Flashing*6 —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
INT/V TIM CONT-B1 P0011 0011 — 2 — EC-136
M
INT/V TIM CONT-B2 P0021 0021 — 2 — EC-136
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) P0031 0031 — 2 × EC-140
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) P0032 0032 — 2 × EC-140 N
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0037 0037 — 2 × EC-143
HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0038 0038 — 2 × EC-143
O
A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) P0051 0051 — 2 × EC-140
A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) P0052 0052 — 2 × EC-140
HO2S2 HTR (B2) P0057 0057 — 2 × EC-143 P
HO2S2 HTR (B2) P0058 0058 — 2 × EC-143
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 P0075 0075 — 2 × EC-146
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B2 P0081 0081 — 2 × EC-146
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0102 0102 — 1 × EC-149
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0103 0103 — 1 × EC-149

EC-389
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

DTC*1
Items Reference
CONSULT-III SRT code Trip MI
(CONSULT-III screen terms) page
ECM*3
GST*2
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0112 0112 — 2 × EC-154
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0113 0113 — 2 × EC-154
ECT SEN/CIRC P0117 0117 — 1 × EC-157
ECT SEN/CIRC P0118 0118 — 1 × EC-157
TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 P0122 0122 — 1 × EC-160
TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 P0123 0123 — 1 × EC-160
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0130 0130 — 2 × EC-163
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0131 0131 — 2 × EC-167
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0132 0132 — 2 × EC-170
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0133 0133 × 2 × EC-173
HO2S2 (B1) P0137 0137 × 2 × EC-178
HO2S2 (B1) P0138 0138 × 2 × EC-184
HO2S2 (B1) P0139 0139 × 2 × EC-192
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) P0150 0150 — 2 × EC-163
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) P0151 0151 — 2 × EC-167
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) P0152 0152 — 2 × EC-170
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) P0153 0153 × 2 × EC-173
HO2S2 (B2) P0157 0157 × 2 × EC-178
HO2S2 (B2) P0158 0158 × 2 × EC-184
HO2S2 (B2) P0159 0159 × 2 × EC-192
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 P0171 0171 — 2 × EC-198
FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 P0172 0172 — 2 × EC-202
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B2 P0174 0174 — 2 × EC-198
FUEL SYS-RICH-B2 P0175 0175 — 2 × EC-202
TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 P0222 0222 — 1 × EC-206
TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 P0223 0223 — 1 × EC-206
MULTI CYL MISFIRE P0300 0300 — 2 × EC-209
CYL 1 MISFIRE P0301 0301 — 2 × EC-209
CYL 2 MISFIRE P0302 0302 — 2 × EC-209
CYL 3 MISFIRE P0303 0303 — 2 × EC-209
CYL 4 MISFIRE P0304 0304 — 2 × EC-209
CYL 5 MISFIRE P0305 0305 — 2 × EC-209
CYL 6 MISFIRE P0306 0306 — 2 × EC-209
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0327 0327 — 2 — EC-215
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0328 0328 — 2 — EC-215
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2 P0332 0332 — 2 — EC-215
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2 P0333 0333 — 2 — EC-215
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 0335 — 2 × EC-218
CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 P0340 0340 — 2 × EC-222
CMP SEN/CIRC-B2 P0345 0345 — 2 × EC-222
TW CATALYST SYS-B1 P0420 0420 × 2 × EC-226
TW CATALYST SYS-B2 P0430 0430 × 2 × EC-226

EC-390
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

DTC*1
Items Reference A
CONSULT-III SRT code Trip MI
(CONSULT-III screen terms) page
ECM*3
GST*2
PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0444 0444 — 2 × EC-231 EC
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC*5 P0500 0500 — 2 × EC-234
PW ST P SEN/CIRC P0550 0550 — 2 — EC-236
C
ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT P0603 0603 — 2 × EC-238
ECM P0605 0605 — 1 or 2 × or — EC-240
ECM P0607 0607 — 1 × EC-242 D
SENSOR POWER/CIRC P0643 0643 — 1 × EC-243
PNP SW/CIRC P0705 0705 — 2 × TM-47
ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC P0710 0710 — 1 × TM-50 E
INPUT SPD SEN/CIRC P0715 0715 — 2 × TM-52

VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT*5 P0720 0720 — 2 × TM-55

F
TCC SOLENOID/CIRC P0740 0740 — 2 × TM-62
A/T TCC S/V FNCTN P0744 0744 — 2 × TM-64
L/PRESS SOL/CIRC P0745 0745 — 2 × TM-66 G
PRS CNT SOL/A FCTN P0746 0746 — 1 × TM-68
PRS CNT SOL/B FCTN P0776 0776 — 2 × TM-70
H
PRS CNT SOL/B CIRC P0778 0778 — 2 × TM-72
TR PRS SENS/A CIRC P0840 0840 — 2 × TM-74
TR PRS SENS/B CIRC P0845 0845 — 2 × TM-80 I
P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT P0850 0850 — 2 × EC-245
TCS/CIRC P1212 1212 — 2 — EC-249
J
ENG OVER TEMP P1217 1217 — 1 × EC-250
CTP LEARNING-B1 P1225 1225 — 2 — EC-254
CTP LEARNING-B1 P1226 1226 — 2 — EC-256 K
BAT CURRENT SENSOR P1550 1550 — 2 — EC-258
BAT CURRENT SENSOR P1551 1551 — 2 — EC-261
L
BAT CURRENT SENSOR P1552 1552 — 2 — EC-261
BAT CURRENT SENSOR P1553 1553 — 2 — EC-264
BAT CURRENT SENSOR P1554 1554 — 2 — EC-267 M
ASCD SW P1564 1564 — 1 — EC-270
ASCD BRAKE SW P1572 1572 — 1 — EC-273
ASCD VHL SPD SEN P1574 1574 — 1 — EC-278
N
LOCK MODE P1610 1610 — 2 — SEC-31
ID DISCORD IMM-ECM P1611 1611 — 2 — SEC-32
O
CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU P1612 1612 — 2 — SEC-34
CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY P1614 1614 — 2 — SEC-35
DIFFERENCE OF KEY P1615 1615 — 2 — SEC-38 P
CVT C/U FUNCT P1700 1700 — 1 — EC-280
IN PULY SPEED P1715 1715 — 2 — EC-281
V/SP SEN(A/T OUT) P1720 1720 — 2 — EC-283
LU-SLCT SOL/CIRC P1740 1740 — 2 × TM-94
STEP MOTR CIRC P1777 1777 — 1 × TM-97

EC-391
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

DTC*1
Items Reference
CONSULT-III SRT code Trip MI
(CONSULT-III screen terms) page
ECM*3
GST*2
STEP MOTR FNC P1778 1778 — 2 × TM-100
VIAS S/V-1 P1800 1800 — 2 — EC-285
VIAS S/V-2 P1801 1801 — 2 — EC-288
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT P1805 1805 — 2 — EC-291
ETC MOT PWR-B1 P2100 2100 — 1 × EC-294
ETC FNCTN/CIRC-B1 P2101 2101 — 1 × EC-296
ETC MOT PWR P2103 2103 — 1 × EC-294
ETC MOT-B1 P2118 2118 — 1 × EC-300
ETC ACTR-B1 P2119 2119 — 1 × EC-302
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2122 2122 — 1 × EC-304
APP SEN 1/CIRC P2123 2123 — 1 × EC-304
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2127 2127 — 1 × EC-307
APP SEN 2/CIRC P2128 2128 — 1 × EC-307
TP SENSOR-B1 P2135 2135 — 1 × EC-311
APP SENSOR P2138 2138 — 1 × EC-314
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P2A00 2A00 — 2 × EC-318
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) P2A03 2A03 — 2 × EC-318
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by ISO 15031-6.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*4: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-III.
*5: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur, the MI illuminates.
*6: When the ECM is in the mode that displays SRT status, MI may flash. For the details, refer to “How to Display SRT Status”.

How to Set SRT Code INFOID:0000000003856873

To set all SRT codes, self-diagnosis for the items indicated above must be performed one or more times. Each
diagnosis may require a long period of actual driving under various conditions.
WITH CONSULT-III
Perform corresponding DTC Confirmation Procedure one by one based on Performance Priority in the table
on “SRT Item”.
WITHOUT CONSULT-III
The most efficient driving pattern in which SRT codes can be properly set is explained below. The driving pat-
tern should be performed one or more times to set all SRT codes.

EC-392
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
DRIVING PATTERN
A

EC

PBIB3622E
P
• The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driving
habits, etc.
Zone A refers to the range where the time, required for the diagnosis under normal conditions*, is the short-
est.
Zone B refers to the range where the diagnosis can still be performed if the diagnosis is not completed within
zone A.
*: Normal conditions refer to the following:
EC-393
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
• Sea level
• Flat road
• Ambient air temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
• Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions.
Under different conditions [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)], diagno-
sis may also be performed.
Pattern 1:
• The engine is started at the engine coolant temperature of −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F)
(where the voltage between the ECM terminal 46 and ground is 3.0 - 4.3 V).
• The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than 70°C
(158°F) (where the voltage between the ECM terminal 46 and ground is lower than 1.4 V).
• The engine is started at the fuel tank temperature of warmer than 0°C (32°F) (where the voltage
between the ECM terminal 95 and ground is less than 4.1 V).
Pattern 2:
• When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be conducted.
In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended.
Pattern 3:
• Operate vehicle following the driving pattern shown in the figure.
• Release the accelerator pedal during deceleration of vehicle speed
from 90 km/h (56 MPH) to 0 km/h (0 MPH).
Pattern 4:
• The accelerator pedal must be held very steady during steady-
state driving.
• If the accelerator pedal is moved, the test must be conducted
again.
*1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56
MPH), then release the accelerator pedal and keep it released for
more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle
PBIB2244E
speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH) again.
*2: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
Suggested Transmission Gear Position.
Selector lever position is D.
Test Value and Test Limit INFOID:0000000003856874

The following is the information specified in Service $06 of ISO 15031-5.

The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while
being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the
maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored.
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by On Board Monitor ID (OBDMID), Test ID (TID), Unit and
Scaling ID and can be displayed on the GST screen.
The items of the test value and test limit will be displayed with GST screen which items are provided by the
ECM. (eg., if bank 2 is not applied on this vehicle, only the items of bank 1 is displayed)

EC-394
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Test value and
Test limit A
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
P0131 83H 0BH
cycle
C
Maximum sensor output voltage for test
P0131 84H 0BH
cycle
Minimum sensor output voltage for test D
P0130 85H 0BH
cycle
Maximum sensor output voltage for test
P0130 86H 0BH
cycle
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 E
01H Response rate: Response ratio (Lean to
(Bank 1) P0133 87H 04H
Rich)
Response rate: Response ratio (Rich to
P0133 88H 04H
Lean)
F
P2A00 89H 84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio
P2A00 8AH 84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio
G
HO2S P0130 8BH 0BH Difference in sensor output voltage
P0133 8CH 83H Response gain at the limited frequency
Minimum sensor output voltage for test H
P0138 07H 0CH
cycle

Heated oxygen sensor 2 Maximum sensor output voltage for test

02H P0137 08H 0CH
(Bank 1) cycle I
P0138 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage
P0139 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage
J
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
P0143 07H 0CH
cycle

Heated oxygen sensor 3 Maximum sensor output voltage for test

03H P0144 08H 0CH K
(Bank 1) cycle
P0146 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage
P0145 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage
L

EC-395
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Test value and
Test limit
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
P0151 83H 0BH
cycle
Maximum sensor output voltage for test
P0151 84H 0BH
cycle
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
P0150 85H 0BH
cycle
Maximum sensor output voltage for test
P0150 86H 0BH
cycle
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
05H Response rate: Response ratio (Lean to
(Bank 2) P0153 87H 04H
Rich)
Response rate: Response ratio (Rich to
P0153 88H 04H
Lean)
P2A03 89H 84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio
P2A03 8AH 84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio
HO2S P0150 8BH 0BH Difference in sensor output voltage
P0153 8CH 83H Response gain at the limited frequency
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
P0158 07H 0CH
cycle

Heated oxygen sensor 2 Maximum sensor output voltage for test

06H P0157 08H 0CH
(Bank 2) cycle
P0158 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage
P0159 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
P0163 07H 0CH
cycle

Heated oxygen sensor 3 Maximum sensor output voltage for test

07H P0164 08H 0CH
(Bank2) cycle
P0166 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage
P0165 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage
P0420 80H 01H O2 storage index
Switching time lag engine exhaust index
P0420 82H 01H
Three way catalyst function value
21H
(Bank1) Difference in 3rd O2 sensor output volt-
P2423 83H 0CH
age

CATA- P2423 84H 84H O2 storage index in HC trap catalyst

LYST P0430 80H 01H O2 storage index
Switching time lag engine exhaust index
P0430 82H 01H
Three way catalyst function value
22H
(Bank2) Difference in 3rd O2 sensor output volt-
P2424 83H 0CH
age
P2424 84H 84H O2 storage index in HC trap catalyst

EC-396
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Test value and
Test limit A
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
Low Flow Faults: EGR temp change
P0400 80H 96H
rate (short-term)
C
Low Flow Faults: EGR temp change
P0400 81H 96H
rate (long-term)
EGR Low Flow Faults: Difference between D
31H EGR function
SYSTEM P0400 82H 96H max EGR temp and EGR temp under
idling condition
P0400 83H 96H Low Flow Faults: Max EGR temp
E
High Flow Faults: EGR temp increase
P1402 84H 96H
rate
EVAP control system leak Difference in pressure sensor output
39H
(Cap Off)
P0455 80H 0CH
voltage before and after pull down
F
EVAP control system leak Leak area index (for more than
3BH P0442 80H 05H
(Small leak) 0.04inch)
G
Leak area index (for more than
EVAP P0456 80H 05H
EVAP control system 0.02inch)
SYSTEM 3CH
(Very small leak) Maximum internal pressure of EVAP
P0456 81H FDH H
system during monitoring
Difference in pressure sensor output
3DH Purge flow system P0441 83H 0CH voltage before and after vent control val-
ue close I
A/F sensor 1 heater Low Input: P0031 Converted value of Heater electric cur-
41H 81H 0BH
(Bank 1) High Input: P0032 rent to voltage
Heated oxygen sensor 2 Low Input: P0037 Converted value of Heater electric cur- J
42H 80H 0CH
(Bank 1) High Input: P0038 rent to voltage
Heated oxygen sensor 3 Converted value of Heater electric cur-
O2 SEN- 43H P0043 80H 0CH
(Bank 1) rent to voltage K
SOR
HEATER A/F sensor 1 heater Low Input: P0051 Converted value of Heater electric cur-
45H 81H 0BH
(Bank 2) High Input: P0052 rent to voltage
Heated oxygen sensor 2 Low Input: P0057 Converted value of Heater electric cur- L
46H 80H 0CH
(Bank 2) High Input: P0058 rent to voltage
Heated oxygen sensor 3 Converted value of Heater electric cur-
47H P0063 80H 0CH
(Bank 2) rent to voltage M
Secondary Air Injection System Incor-
P0411 80H 01H
rect Flow Detected
Bank1: P0491 Secondary Air Injection System Insuffi- N
81H 01H
Bank2: P0492 cient Flow
Secondary Air Injection System Pump
P2445 82H 01H
Stuck Off
O
SEC-
Secondary Air Injection System High
OND- 71H Secondary Air system P2448 83H 01H
Airflow
ARY AIR
Bank1: P2440 Secondary Air Injection System Switch- P
84H 01H
Bank2: P2442 ing Valve Stuck Open
Secondary Air Injection System Switch-
P2440 85H 01H
ing Valve Stuck Open
Secondary Air Injection System Pump
P2444 86H 01H
Stuck On

EC-397
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Test value and
Test limit
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID

Fuel injection system function P0171 or P0172 80H 2FH Long-term fuel trim
81H
(Bank 1) P0171 or P0172 81H 24H The number of lambda control clamped
FUEL
SYSTEM P0174 or P0175 80H 2FH Long-term fuel trim
Fuel injection system function
82H
(Bank 2) P0174 or P0175 81H 24H The number of lambda control clamped
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0301 80H 24H
the first cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0302 81H 24H
the second cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0303 82H 24H
the third cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0304 83H 24H
the fourth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0305 84H 24H
the fifth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0306 85H 24H
the sixth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0307 86H 24H
the seventh cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0308 87H 24H
the eighth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0300 88H 24H
the multiple cylinders
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
P0301 89H 24H
first cylinder
MISFIRE A1H Multiple Cylinder Misfires
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
P0302 8AH 24H
second cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
P0303 8BH 24H
third cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
P0304 8CH 24H
fourth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
P0305 8DH 24H
fifth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
P0306 8EH 24H
fifth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
P0307 8FH 24H
fifth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
P0308 90H 24H
fifth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0300 91H 24H
the single cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
P0300 92H 24H
single cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the
P0300 93H 24H
multiple cylinders

EC-398
 ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
Test value and
Test limit A
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
P0301 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
ing cycles
C
A2H No.1 Cylinder Misfire
Misfire counts for last/current driving cy-
P0301 0CH 24H
cles
D
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
P0302 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
A3H No.2 Cylinder Misfire ing cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driving cy- E
P0302 0CH 24H
cles
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
P0303 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv- F
A4H No.3 Cylinder Misfire ing cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driving cy-
P0303 0CH 24H
cles G
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
P0304 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
A5H No.4 Cylinder Misfire ing cycles
H
Misfire counts for last/current driving cy-
P0304 0CH 24H
cles
MISFIRE
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
I
P0305 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
A6H No.5 Cylinder Misfire ing cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driving cy-
P0305 0CH 24H J
cles
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
P0306 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
A7H No.6 Cylinder Misfire ing cycles K
Misfire counts for last/current driving cy-
P0306 0CH 24H
cles
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving L
P0307 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
A8H No.7 Cylinder Misfire ing cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driving cy- M
P0307 0CH 24H
cles
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
P0308 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
ing cycles
N
A9H No.8 Cylinder Misfire
Misfire counts for last/current driving cy-
P0308 0CH 24H
cles
O

EC-399
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000003856875

SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

SYMPTOM

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page

IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA

Fuel Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 EC-337
Fuel pressure regulator system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-411
Fuel injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 EC-334
Evaporative emission system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-76
Air Positive crankcase ventilation sys-
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 EC-347
tem 3 3
Incorrect idle speed adjustment 1 1 1 1 1 EC-11
EC-296,
Electric throttle control actuator 1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
EC-302
Ignition Incorrect ignition timing adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-11
Ignition circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-341
Power supply and ground circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 EC-132
Mass air flow sensor circuit 2 EC-149
1
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 3 3 EC-157
EC-163,
3 EC-167,
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit EC-170,
1 2 2 2 2 2 EC-173,
EC-318
EC-160,
EC-206,
Throttle position sensor circuit EC-254,
EC-256,
2 2 EC-311
EC-243,
EC-304,
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 3 2 1
EC-307,
EC-314
Knock sensor circuit 2 3 EC-215

EC-400
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
SYMPTOM
A

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

EC

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference C

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page

IDLING VIBRATION
D

ENGINE STALL
E

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit 2 2 EC-218 F
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit 3 2 EC-222
Vehicle speed signal circuit 2 3 3 3 EC-234
G
Power steering pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 EC-236
EC-238,
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
EC-240 H
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve cir-
3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3 EC-146
cuit
PNP signal circuit 3 3 3 3 3 EC-245 I
VIAS control solenoid valve 1 circuit 1 EC-285
VIAS control solenoid valve 2 circuit 1 EC-288
J
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 4 EC-348
Electrical load signal circuit 3 EC-329
Air conditioner circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 HAC-159 K
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 4 BRC-80
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
(continued on the next figure) L

SYSTEM — ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER

M

EC-401
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

SYMPTOM

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page

IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
Fuel Fuel tank FL-9
5
Fuel piping 5 5 5 5 5 5 FL-4
Vapor lock —
5
Valve deposit —
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline, 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
—
Low octane)
Air Air duct EM-26
Air cleaner EM-26
Air leakage from air duct
(Mass air flow sensor — electric EM-26
5 5 5 5 5 5
throttle control actuator)
5 5 5 5
Electric throttle control actuator EM-29
Air leakage from intake manifold/ EM-29,
Collector/Gasket EM-32
Cranking Battery PG-109
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Generator circuit CHG-20
STR-5,
Starter circuit 3
1 STR-6
Signal plate 6 EM-104
TM-48,
PNP signal 4
TM-214
Engine Cylinder head
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-97
Cylinder head gasket 4 3
Cylinder block
Piston 4
Piston ring
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 EM-110
Connecting rod
Bearing
Crankshaft

EC-402
 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
SYMPTOM
A

OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)

BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

EC

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT

EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION

EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION

SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference C

ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
page

IDLING VIBRATION
D

ENGINE STALL
E

Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA

Valve Timing chain EM-65 F
mecha-
Camshaft EM-84
nism
Intake valve timing control 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-65
G
Intake valve
3 EM-97
Exhaust valve
Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/ H
Gasket EM-34, EX-
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
4
Three way catalyst
Lubrica- LU-7, LU- I
Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil
tion 10, LU-11,
filter/Oil gallery/Oil cooler 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 LU-13
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil LU-7 J
Cooling CO-12,
Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap
CO-12
Thermostat 5 CO-23 K
Water pump CO-18
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5
Water gallery CO-2
L
Cooling fan CO-16
Coolant level (Low)/Contaminat- 5
CO-8
ed coolant M
NVIS (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System —
1 1 SEC-14
NATS)
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection. N

EC-403
 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
Description INFOID:0000000003856876

FUEL CUT CONTROL (AT NO LOAD AND HIGH ENGINE SPEED)

If the engine speed is above 1,400 rpm under no load (for example, the selector lever position is P or N and
engine speed is over 1,400 rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off var-
ies based on engine speed.
Fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 1,000 rpm, then fuel cut will be cancelled.
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System, EC-27,
"System Description".

EC-404
 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

PRECAUTION A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT EC
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000003960684

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along C
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIRBAG” and
“SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual.
WARNING: D
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. E
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the “SRS AIRBAG”.
F
• Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Ser-
vice Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
connectors.
G
Precautions For Xenon Headlamp Service INFOID:0000000003856878

WARNING: H
Comply with the following warnings to prevent any serious accident.
• Disconnect the battery cable (negative terminal) or the power supply fuse before installing, remov-
ing, or touching the xenon headlamp (bulb included). The xenon headlamp contains high-voltage
generated parts. I
• Never work with wet hands.
• Check the xenon headlamp ON-OFF status after assembling it to the vehicle. Never turn the xenon
headlamp ON in other conditions. Connect the power supply to the vehicle-side connector. J
(Turning it ON outside the lamp case may cause fire or visual impairments.)
• Never touch the bulb glass immediately after turning it OFF. It is extremely hot.
CAUTION:
Comply with the following cautions to prevent any error and malfunction. K
• Install the xenon bulb securely. (Insufficient bulb socket installation may melt the bulb, the connec-
tor, the housing, etc. by high-voltage leakage or corona discharge.)
• Never perform HID circuit inspection with a tester. L
• Never touch the xenon bulb glass with hands. Never put oil and grease on it.
• Dispose of the used xenon bulb after packing it in thick vinyl without breaking it.
• Never wipe out dirt and contamination with organic solvent (thinner, gasoline, etc.).
M
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000003856879

When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
N
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc.

PIIB3706J

On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and CVT INFOID:0000000003856880

The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will illuminate the malfunction indicator MI to warn the driver of
a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
EC-405
 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
CAUTION:
• Always turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any repair or
inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will cause
the MI to illuminate.
• Always connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MI to illuminate due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
• Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-lock-
ing type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-96, "Description".
• Always to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with a
bracket, etc. may cause the MI to illuminate due to the short circuit.
• Always connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube may
cause the MI to illuminate due to the malfunction of the EVAP system or fuel injection system, etc.
• Always erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and TCM
(Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer.
General Precautions INFOID:0000000003856881

• Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.

• Never attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is
running.
• Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness con-
nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative bat-
tery cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM because
battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition switch is
turned OFF.
• Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then dis-
connect battery ground cable.
SEF289H

• Never disassemble ECM.

• If a battery cable is disconnected, the memory will return to the ECM value.
The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial value. Thus, engine operation can vary slightly in
this case. However, this is not an indication of a malfunction. Never replace parts because of a slight
variation.
• If the battery is disconnected, the following emission-related diagnostic information will be lost
within 24 hours.
- Diagnostic trouble codes
- 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
- Freeze frame data
- 1st trip freeze frame data
- System readiness test (SRT) codes
- Test values
• When connecting ECM harness connector, fasten (B) it
securely with a lever (1) as far as it will go as shown in the fig-
ure.

2 : ECM
A : Loosen

PBIB2947E

EC-406
 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
• When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or
from ECM, never damage pin terminals (bends or break). A
Check that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM pin ter-
minal, when connecting pin connectors.
• Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
EC
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge) volt-
age to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in dam-
age to ICs.
• Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in) away C
from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control system mal-
functions due to receiving external noise, degraded operation
PBIB0090E
of ICs, etc. D
• Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.
• Before replacing ECM, perform ECM Terminals and Reference
Value inspection and check ECM functions properly. Refer to
EC-357, "Reference Value". E
• Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage.
• Never clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent.
• Never disassemble electric throttle control actuator. F
• Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause serious
incidents.
• Never shock or jar the camshaft position sensor (PHASE),
crankshaft position sensor (POS). G
MEF040D

H
• After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC
Confirmation Procedure or Component Function Check.
The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confirmation
Procedure if the repair is completed. The Component Func- I
tion Check should be a good result if the repair is completed.

K
SAT652J

EC-407
 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
• When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never allow
the two tester probes to contact.
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and
damage the ECM power transistor.
• Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/out-
put voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's tran-
sistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the
ground.

SEF348N

• B1 indicates bank 1, B2 indicates bank 2 as shown in the fig-

ure.
• Never operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines.
• Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque.

SEC893C

• Never depress accelerator pedal when starting.

• Immediately after starting, never rev up engine unnecessarily.
• Never rev up engine just prior to shutdown.

SEF709Y

EC-408
 PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
• When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure to
observe the following as it may adversely affect electronic A
control systems depending on installation location.
- Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic con-
trol units.
EC
- Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away
from the harness of electronic controls.
Never let them run parallel for a long distance.
- Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing-wave C
ratio can be kept smaller.
- Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body.
SEF708Y

EC-409
 PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools INFOID:0000000003943273

Tool name Description

Fuel tube adapter Measuring fuel pressure

PBIB3043E

Commercial Service Tools INFOID:0000000003943274

Tool name Description

Quick connector re- Removes fuel tube quick connectors in engine
lease room

PBIC0198E

Socket wrench Removes and installing engine coolant tempera-

ture sensor

S-NT705

Oxygen sensor thread Reconditions the exhaust system threads before

cleaner installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with anti-
seize lubricant shown below.
a: 18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5 mm for Zirco-
nia Oxygen Sensor
b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm for Tita-
nia Oxygen Sensor
AEM488

Anti-seize lubricant Lubricates oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool

i.e.: (PermatexTM when reconditioning exhaust system threads.
133AR or equivalent
meeting MIL specifica-
tion MIL-A-907)

S-NT779

EC-410
 FUEL PRESSURE
< ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE A
FUEL PRESSURE
Inspection INFOID:0000000003856884
EC

FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE

With CONSULT-III C
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Perform “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III.
D
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it 2 or 3 times to release all fuel pressure.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
Without CONSULT-III
1. Remove fuel pump fuse located in IPDM E/R.
F
2. Start engine.
3. After engine stalls, crank it 2 or 3 times to release all fuel pressure.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
5. Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system.
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
CAUTION: H
Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger.
NOTE:
• Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel I
pressure cannot be completely released because J32 models do not have fuel return system.
• Be careful not to scratch or get the fuel hose connection area dirty when servicing, so that the quick
connector o-ring maintains seal ability.
J
1. Release fuel pressure to zero.
2. Remove fuel hose using Quick Connector Release.
• Do not twist or kink fuel hose because it is plastic hose.
• Keep fuel hose connections clean. K
3. Install Fuel pressure adapter (B) and Fuel pressure gauge (A)
as shown in figure.
• Do not distort or bend fuel rail tube when installing fuel pres- L
sure gauge adapter.
• When reconnecting fuel hose, check the original fuel hose for
damage and abnormality. M
4. Turn ignition switch ON (reactivate fuel pump) and check for fuel
leakage.
5. Start engine and check for fuel leakage. N
6. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge kit.
• During fuel pressure check, check for fuel leakage from fuel JMBIA1392ZZ

connection every 3 minutes. O

At idling : Approximately 350 kPa (3.5 bar, 3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)

7. If result is unsatisfactory, go to next step. P
8. Check the following.
• Fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging
• Fuel filter for clogging
• Fuel pump
• Fuel pressure regulator for clogging
9. If OK, replace fuel pressure regulator.
If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part.
EC-411
 FUEL PRESSURE
< ON-VEHICLE MAINTENANCE > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]
10. Before disconnecting Fuel Pressure Gauge and Fuel Pressure Adapter, release fuel pressure to zero.

EC-412
 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
< ON-VEHICLE REPAIR > [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

ON-VEHICLE REPAIR A
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM
Inspection INFOID:0000000003932067
EC

1. Visually inspect EVAP vapor lines for improper attachment and for cracks, damage, loose connections,
chafing and deterioration.
C
2. Check EVAP canister as per the following:
a. Block port (B). Orally blow air through port (A).
Check that air flows freely through port (C). D
b. Block port (A). Orally blow air through port (B).
Check that air flows freely through port (C).
E

F
PBIB0663E

3. Inspect fuel tank filler cap vacuum relief valve for clogging, stick- G
ing, etc.
a. Wipe clean valve housing.
H

SEF989X J

b. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.

K
15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.153 - 0.200 bar, 0.156 - 0.204 kg/
Pressure:
cm2, 2.22 - 2.90 psi)
–6.0 to –3.4 kPa (–0.06 bar to –-0.034bar, –0.061 to –
Vacuum: L
0.035 kg/cm2, –0.87 to –0.49 psi)
c. If out of specification, replace fuel filler cap as an assembly.
M

SEF943S

EC-413
 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [VQ25DE, VQ35DE]

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
Idle Speed INFOID:0000000003856889

Condition Specification
No load (in P or N position) 600 ± 50 rpm

Ignition Timing INFOID:0000000003856890

Condition Specification
No load (in P or N position) 12 ± 5° BTDC

Calculated Load Value INFOID:0000000003856891

Condition Specification (Using CONSULT-III or GST)

At idle 10 – 35 %
At 2,500 rpm 10 – 35 %

Mass Air Flow Sensor INFOID:0000000003856892

Supply voltage Battery voltage (11 – 14 V)

Output voltage at idle (in N position) 0.9 – 1.2 V*
2.0 – 6.0 g·m/sec at idle*
Mass air flow (Using CONSULT-III or GST)
7.0 – 20.0 g·m/sec at 2,500 rpm*
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load.

EC-414